Merge pull request 'Christopher's edits to Romans' (#2536) from Vessoul1973-tc-create-1 into master

Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/2536

en_tn_46-ROM.tsv

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ ROM	1	1	x3em	writing-participants	Παῦλος, δοῦλος Χριστοῦ	1
 ROM	1	1	v5b9	figs-activepassive	κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1	called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God	You can state this in active form, or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **Jesus** **called** and **set apart** (See also [Acts 9:1-18](Acts/09/01.md). Alternate translation: “whom Jesus summoned to represent him and specially chose to proclaim God’s good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	1	1	w6j9	figs-ellipsis	κλητὸς ἀπόστολος	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **to be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	1	1	ukts	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which he is **a servant of Christ Jesus**, and the reason why Jesus **called** him and **set** him **apart** . Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach God’s good news” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-ROM	1	1	ji90	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.** Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	1	1	ji90	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe that **the gospel** comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun **God.**  Alternate translation: “God’s gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	1	2	tobh	writing-background	ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν Γραφαῖς ἁγίαις,	1		In this verse Paul provides this background information about the nature of “the gospel” he proclaims. Paul wants readers to understand that the ancient promises are now coming true, promises about the coming of Christ, the Messiah, found in the writings of the **prophets** in the Jewish **holy scriptures**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this good news that I am proclaiming is what God promised long ago in the prophetical writings that are found in the Jewish sacred writings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 ROM	1	2	cu3r	figs-distinguish	ὃ	1		Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 ROM	1	3	lab1	figs-distinguish	περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	concerning his Son	This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about “Christ Jesus” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -19,7 +19,9 @@ ROM	1	4	nhz7	figs-infostructure		1		In this verse, Paul places these phrases in
 ROM	1	4	at5s	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1	he was declared with power to be the Son of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **God** did it. Alternate translation: “God demonstrated that Jesus was his Son” or “God identified Jesus, ‘Son of God’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	1	4	cp80	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ…Πνεῦμα…Κυρίου	1		**Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between **God** and **Jesus**. The mention of **the Spirit** indicates that Paul is referring to the activity of the Trinity in God’s designation of Jesus as **Son of God**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 ROM	1	4	m89w	figs-possession	Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης	1	Spirit of holiness	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the** divine **Spirit** that is characterized by **holiness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Holy” instead of the noun **holiness**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	1	4	h97z		ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1	by the resurrection from the dead	Here, the phrase translated **of the dead** is plural and a common biblical concept that refers to “dead people.” It means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” or “from the grave” or “from the place where corpses are” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
+ROM	1	4	js9m	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “by being resurrected from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	1	4	h97z	figs-idiom	νεκρῶν	1	by the resurrection from the dead	Here, the phrase translated **of the dead** is plural and a common biblical concept that refers to “dead people.” Here it means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” or “from the grave” or “from the place where corpses are” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
+ROM	1	4	zvql	figs-possession	νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe from where **Jesus** was resurrected. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the preposition “from” instead of “of.” Alternate translation: “from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	1	4	kkkt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Paul uses the terms **Christ** and **Lord** to express the human and divine natures of **Jesus**. **Christ** expresses his human relationship to King David as anointed king (See [1:3](../01/03.md)), and the Old Testament title **Lord** is applied to Jesus, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 ROM	1	4	brej	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	1	5	ww9a	figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ	1	we have received grace and apostleship	Paul assumes that his readers know that **through whom** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -45,7 +47,7 @@ ROM	1	8	ci5y	figs-distinguish	τῷ Θεῷ μου	1		When Paul speaks of **my G
 ROM	1	8	tdsj	figs-possession	τῷ Θεῷ μου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to express that he belongs to **God**. When saying, **my God**, Paul does not mean that he owns or has authority over God. Paul means that as a “servant of Jesus Christ” (See [1:1](../01/01.md)), God has ownership and authority over him. You could use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that I serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	1	8	qtoy	figs-possession	διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, Paul is using the possessive form **through Jesus Christ** to express Paul’s authority as an apostle (See [1:1](../01/01.md)). Paul means that it is through his calling as an apostle of **Jesus Christ** that he can offer special thanks to **God** for the church at Rome. If it is natural in your language, you could make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “because I belong to Jesus Christ” or “as an apostle of Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	1	8	mekg	writing-pronouns	περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν	1		The pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the church at Rome. When Paul says **all of you** he is addressing the whole church as if they are one person. Throughout this letter, **you** refers exclusively to the church at Rome, unless otherwise noted. Alternate translation: “on behalf of the whole church” or “for the sake of each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ROM	1	8	d31r	figs-possession	ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God. He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	1	8	d31r	figs-possession	ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form **your faith** to express how much the Roman church trusts in God.  He does not mean that the Roman church has a different **faith** than Paul’s **faith**. Both the church at Rome and Paul trust in **God through Jesus Christ**. If the phrase **your faith** would make a distinction in your language between the **faith** of the Roman church and Paul, use a natural way in your language to avoid this distinction. Alternate translation: “how you trust in Christ” or “the way you trust God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	1	8	bphf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις	1		See [1:5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	1	8	efqs	figs-activepassive	καταγγέλλεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that people other than the church at Rome are doing the **proclaiming**. Alternate translation: See the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	1	8	k7qf	figs-hyperbole	ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **throughout the whole world** is an exaggeration that means “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is.” Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “across the inhabited world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -111,7 +113,7 @@ ROM	1	17	of98	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that wh
 ROM	1	17	gsl5	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God makes people right with himself” or “the way people become right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	1	17	ii3m	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	For in it	The pronoun **it** refers to “the gospel” (See [1:16](../01/16.md)). Alternate translation: “the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	1	17	jl9i	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** in another way (See [1:5](../01/05.md). Here, Paul uses this phrase to emphasize how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. This phrase**from faith to faith** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament faith that leads to the New Testament faith. Alternate translation: “from the prophesied faith in the Messiah to the revealed faith in the Messiah” (2) God’s faithfulness that causes human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “that God is trustworthy and causes people to trust in him” (3) human faith that leads to human faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by people who trust in God that leads others to trust in God” or “by people who are faithful to God and lead others to become faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	1	17	igg9	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it has been written	In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Habakkuk the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Habakkuk the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations)
+ROM	1	17	igg9	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it has been written	In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Habakkuk the prophet. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Habakkuk the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 ROM	1	17	bgvh	writing-quotations	δὲ	1		What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what Habakkuk the prophet previously says about the unrighteous person (See [Habakkuk 2:4](hab/02/04.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	1	17	hbv6	figs-nominaladj	ὁ…δίκαιος	1	The righteous will live by faith	Paul is using the adjective **the righteous** as a noun in order to describe a type of person or group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the … person who is righteous” or “the … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	1	17	a9y7	figs-metaphor	ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it was food that could keep **the righteous** alive. He means that **faith** is the means to live right with God or gain eternal life. If your readers would not understand what **will live by faith** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will stay alive through trusting in God” or “will live eternally by remaining faithful to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -195,7 +197,7 @@ ROM	1	27	yvm1	figs-metaphor	ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει α
 ROM	1	27	ylj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lust** in another way. Alternate translation: “by passionately desiring each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	1	27	z759	writing-pronouns	ἀλλήλους	1		The pronoun **one another** refers to other males. Alternate translation: “different males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	1	27	kxwj	figs-euphemism	ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι	1		This phrase refers to male homosexual activity. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-ROM	1	27	u2hh	figs-metaphor	κατεργαζόμενοι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **bringing about** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	1	27	u2hh	figs-metaphor	κατεργαζόμενοι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of homosexual activity as if it could work or produce something. He means that their homosexual activity is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand what **producing** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	1	27	fdzs		τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην	1		In the original, the phrase **shameless acts** is one abstract noun. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use translate **shameless acts** as a singular phrase or in another way. Alternate translation: “shameless activity” or “what is shameless”
 ROM	1	27	sjhb	figs-infostructure	καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες	1		In the original, the word order is different, emphasizing **the penalty**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to emphasize **the penalty they deserved for their error**. Alternate translation: “and the penalty they deserved for their error they received in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	1	27	jtru	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2		Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of their **shameless acts**. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -221,14 +223,14 @@ ROM	1	29	a7s3	figs-metaphor	μεστοὺς φθόνου	1		Paul speaks figurati
 ROM	1	29	dzda	figs-nominaladj	μεστοὺς	1		Paul is using the adjective **full* as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “they are people who are full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	1	30	f4tt	figs-nominaladj	θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…κακῶν…ἀπειθεῖς	1	slanderers	Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … of evil things … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	1	30	th8q	figs-abstractnouns	καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν	1	inventing ways of doing evil	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “these people speak against others … these people discover new ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	1	30	qq50	figs-possession	ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	1	30	qq50	figs-possession	ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** that do **evil** things. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this phrase a verb form. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things”  or “they discover how to do new kinds of evil deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	1	30	f4a0	grammar-collectivenouns	κακῶν	1		The word **evil** is a plural noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 ROM	1	31	i7ix	figs-nominaladj	ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας	1		Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, people who are faithless, people who are heartless, and people who merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	1	31	rtic	figs-ellipsis	ἀνελεήμονας	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **and** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	1	32	cxx8	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δικαίωμα	1	They understand the righteous regulations of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **the righteous decree** in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	1	32	ytu6		τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	that those who practice such things	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	1	32	z12q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	are deserving of death	Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-ROM	1	32	ama2	writing-pronouns	οἱ…πράσσοντες	1	these things	The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**. Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	1	32	ama2	writing-pronouns	οἱ…πράσσοντες	1	these things	The pronoun **those** refers to humanity in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a natural way in your language to emphasize **those**.  Alternate translation: “those people who continue to do” or “anyone who practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	1	32	iqg1	writing-pronouns	τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν	1	who do them	The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could make **such things** and **things** and **them** explicit. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	1	32	p9e9	figs-nominaladj	ἄξιοι	1		Paul is using the adjective **deserving** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “are people who deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	1	32	t0ls	figs-possession	ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν…συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν	1		Paul is using the possessive forms **death** and **those who do them** as objects of the clause. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die … well pleased with people who practice these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -340,8 +342,9 @@ ROM	2	14	h53h	figs-abstractnouns	φύσει…ποιῶσιν	1		If your languag
 ROM	2	14	xped	figs-metaphor	φύσει	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **nature** as if it were a source of power for the **Gentiles** to **do** what the **law** says. He means that the **Gentiles** naturally or instinctually understand what it means to obey God’s **law**. If your readers would not understand what **by nature** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “instinctually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	2	14	symg	figs-personification	ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος	1		Here, the **Gentiles** are spoken of figuratively as though they were **a law**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	2	15	xl6v	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	By this they show	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they actually have the **deeds of the law** written on the surface of their **hearts** that people could see. He means that even though they are unaware of God’s law, they demonstrate that they naturally understand what God’s law requires by obeying it. If your readers would not understand what it means to **show the deeds of the law**, and what **written on their hearts** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles exhibit that they instinctually understand how God requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	2	15	x35c	figs-possession	τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου	1	the actions required by the law are written in their hearts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “the law’s work” or “what the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	2	15	v60q	figs-activepassive	οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form **be written** in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “By obeying God’s law, these Gentiles show that God has revealed deep within them how he requires people to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	2	15	x35c	figs-possession	τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου	1	the actions required by the law are written in their hearts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “the law’s work” or “what the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	2	15	ja5s	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1		Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their inner being” or “deep within them”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	2	15	rsw7	figs-parallelism	συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that God has given the Gentiles an inner witness so they can know what his law requires. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “their conscience testifies within them by accusing or defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	2	15	z28q	figs-personification	συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως	1	bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them	Here, the **conscience** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person **bearing witness** in a courtroom. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires confirms this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	2	15	o7wt	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς συνειδήσεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **conscience** in another way. Alternate translation: “with the way God has made them inwardly aware of what his law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -374,16 +377,15 @@ ROM	2	19	xlge	figs-personification	φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει	1		Here, *
 ROM	2	20	ymey	grammar-connect-logic-result	παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since you have in the law the form of knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of the foolish and a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	2	20	pf6v	figs-parallelism	παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how spiritually unaware the Jews consider the non-Jews to be. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “people who must spiritually instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	2	20	p7qq	figs-nominaladj	ἀφρόνων	1	a corrector of the foolish	Paul is using the adjective **foolish** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “of people who are foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-ROM	2	20	ar5a	figs-metaphor	διδάσκαλον νηπίων	1	a teacher of little children	Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants” or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	2	20	ar5a	figs-metaphor	διδάσκαλον νηπίων	1	a teacher of little children	Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are spiritually uneducated or ignorant. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “people who are like uneducated infants”  or “people who are spiritually ignorant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	2	20	ose0	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a shape or image a person could hold. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If your readers would not understand what **the form** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law what represents how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	2	20	ua61	figs-possession	τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Paul is using the possessive forms **of knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could refer to: (1) what represents a true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” or “what forms true knowledge about God” (2) the source of true knowledge about God. Alternate translation: “the source of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	2	20	ergs	figs-parallelism	τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how the law contains the true knowledge about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “of true knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	2	20	y6i5	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **knowledge** and ** truth** in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	2	21	vy0h	figs-rquestion		1		Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM	2	21	vy0h	figs-rquestion		1		Here Paul transitions from his description of Jews in [2:17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions in [2:21–23](../02/21.md) that emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jewish arrogance towards the Gentiles. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
 ROM	2	21	rftq	figs-infostructure	οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a hypothetical response to the clause “if you name yourself a Jew” in [2:17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	2	21	uq9y	grammar-collectivenouns	ἕτερον	1	You who teach others, do you not teach yourself?	Here, **other** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 ROM	2	21	hl38	figs-rpronouns	σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις	1	You who preach against stealing, do you steal?	Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how hypocritical the Jews are. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “shouldn't you do what you teach others to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-ROM	2	22	vb45	figs-explicit	ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery?	The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	2	23	grr3	figs-metaphor	ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι	1	You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law?	Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **the law**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law (See the same verb in [2:17](../02/17.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **boast in the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	2	23	z80m	figs-parallelism	ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου	1		These two phrases, **boast in the law** and **the transgression of the law**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	2	23	ob98	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgression** with a verbal from or another way. Alternate translation: “by breaking the law” or “by transgressing God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -394,27 +396,27 @@ ROM	2	24	ccm9	figs-activepassive	τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δ
 ROM	2	24	m2bq	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	2	24	pg0g	figs-explicit	δι’ ὑμᾶς	1		The implication is that since the Jews are God’s people, and represent him to **among the Gentiles**, their bad behavior is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 ROM	2	24	wmfh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὑμᾶς	1		Here the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of you Jews” or “of you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ROM	2	24	edrf	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-ROM	2	25	j4ao	figs-parallelism		1		These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	2	24	edrf	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (See [LXX Isaiah 52:5](isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as Isaiah the prophet says in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
+ROM	2	25	j4ao	figs-parallelism		1		These two clauses, **For circumcision indeed benefits if you obey the law** and **but if you are transgressors of the law, your circumcision has become uncircumcision**, mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in slightly different ways, to emphasize the how **circumcision** is only beneficial if  it is accompanied by practicing **the law**. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	2	25	vdu7	grammar-connect-logic-result	περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ ὠφελεῖ, ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “If you obey the law, circumcision indeed benefits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	2	25	i497	grammar-connect-words-phrases	περιτομὴ μὲν γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **For circumcision indeed** indicates that what follows is a change in topic that continues through [2:25–29](../02/25.md) about the role of **circumcision** in the life of God’s people. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-ROM	2	25	wm24	figs-irony	ὠφελεῖ	1		The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+ROM	2	25	wm24	figs-irony	ὠφελεῖ	1		The physical act of **circumcision** would not appear to produce something beneficial. Paul actually means that what circumcision represents **benefits** those who **practice the law**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “can produce something beneficial” or “can represent something profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
 ROM	2	25	s2dz	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to practicing what the law says. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” or “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	2	25	xq62	figs-hyperbole	ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν	1	your circumcision becomes uncircumcision	Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that when someone transgresses God’s **law** he is no longer physically circumcised. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this idea. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are no longer circumcised” or “it is the same as if you never received circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ROM	2	26	vt7f	figs-hypo	ἐὰν οὖν	1	the uncircumcised person	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s say then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 ROM	2	26	nf3j	figs-idiom	φυλάσσῃ	1	keeps the requirements of the law	Here, the term **keeps** is an idiom meaning “obeys” or “guards.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” or “guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	2	26	mkhr	figs-possession	τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law.” Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	2	26	be71	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται	1	will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will reckon him as circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	2	26	rjb5	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	2	26	rjb5	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “won’t his uncircumcision count as circumcision” or “God will consider him circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br>
 ROM	2	27	m8gf	figs-parallelism		1		This verse communicates opposite things with similar phrases, to emphasize how **circumcision** is only beneficial if it is accompanied by fulfilling **the law** (See [2:25](../02/25.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM	2	27	lqz2	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα	1	And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law?	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM	2	27	rkxz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1		Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	2	27	lqz2	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα	1	And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law?	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br>
+ROM	2	27	rkxz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ 	1		Here, **And** could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in [2:26](../02/26.md). Alternate translation (replace ending exclamation point with a question mark): “And will not … judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	2	27	h2lj	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ φύσεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way (See [2:14](../02/14.md)). Alternate translation: “even though he is physically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	2	27	w7u3	figs-ellipsis	σὲ τὸν	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	2	27	pree	figs-metaphor	σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “transgress the law, even though you know what the law requires for the circumcised person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	2	27	pree	figs-metaphor	σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the uncircumcised person as if he were a judge that condemns the Jew who transgresses **the law**, by using evidence from their own law against them. Paul means that the uncircumcised Gentile who obeys the law is actually better off than a circumcised Jew who violates the law. If your readers would not understand what **through letter and circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “transgress the law, even though you know what the law requires for the circumcised person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
 ROM	2	27	zwh8	figs-metaphor		1		
 ROM	2	27	q795	figs-abstractnouns	παραβάτην νόμου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	2	27	nxa1	figs-metonymy	γράμματος	1		Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	2	27	nxa1	figs-metonymy	γράμματος\n\n	1		Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	2	28	bl6h	figs-parallelism		1	merely outward in the flesh	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is not a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Certainly the outward marks of circumcision on the body do not reveal who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	2	28	g2vh	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	outwardly	Here, **For** indicates that what follows is Paul’s conclusion to his arguments in [2:25-27](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” or “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	2	28	s44m	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκὶ	1	flesh	Paul refers figuratively to **the flesh** to mean “the whole body.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -423,8 +425,9 @@ ROM	2	29	dbp2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		What follows the word
 ROM	2	29	hkk4	figs-parallelism	ὁ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος; καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας	1	he is a Jew who is one inwardly, and circumcision is that of the heart	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to clarify who is a true member of God’s people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “an inward circumcision of the heart reveals who is a true Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	2	29	cumm	figs-parallelism	περιτομὴ καρδίας, ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι; οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		These two contrasting clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that it is **the Spirit** of **God** who makes a person a true **Jew**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit of God inwardly circumcises and praises that person, not written rules or people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	2	29	d1go	figs-possession	περιτομὴ καρδίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a verbal phrase or another way to express this idea. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	2	29	hbiv	figs-idiom	περιτομὴ καρδίας	1		Here, the term **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom meaning “a removal of sin from a person” or “an inward mark of belonging to God’s people.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	2	29	v149	figs-parallelism	ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι	1	inwardly	These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	2	29	hbiv	figs-idiom	περιτομὴ καρδίας	1		Here, the term **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom meaning “a removal of sin from a person” or “an inward mark of belonging to God’s people.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 
+ROM	2	29	n4pp	figs-metonymy	καρδίας	1		Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “happens in their inner being” or “is deep within them”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	2	29	v149	figs-parallelism	ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι	1	inwardly	These two phrases mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing, in a similar way, to indicate that the circumcision God accepts is not a matter of keeping specific rules, but is a work done by the Holy Spirit. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
 ROM	2	29	ffa3	figs-metaphor	ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **circumcision of the heart** as if it were located inside **the Spirit**, and not located inside **the letter**. He means that true **circumcision** is an inwardly accomplished by the Holy **Spirit**, not through following a set of prescribed rules. If your readers would not understand what **in the Spirit** or **in the letter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “is accomplished by the Holy Spirit instead of following the rules written in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	2	29	gcoq	figs-metonymy	γράμματι	1		Paul is figuratively describing what the **the law** prescribes for circumcision by association with the letters that make up **the law** (See [2:27](../02/27.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by the written law code” or “in God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	2	29	dd3p	figs-synecdoche	γράμματι	1	in the Spirit, not in the letter	Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -437,7 +440,7 @@ ROM	3	1	gcd6	figs-ellipsis	τί…τίς	1	Then what advantage does the Jew have
 ROM	3	1	h4h3	figs-possession	τοῦ Ἰουδαίου	1		Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom **the advantage** is. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with the word “for.” Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	1	l79f	figs-possession	τῆς περιτομῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of the** with the phrase “that comes from.” Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	2	rri9	figs-ellipsis	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1	It is great in every way	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	3	2	kzlh	figs-hyperbole	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1		Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+ROM	3	2	kzlh	figs-hyperbole	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1		Here, **Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show his enthusiasm for “the Jew” and “the circumcision” (See [3:1](../03/01.md)). Paul does not mean that there are no disadvantages for Jews or non-beneficial aspects of circumcision. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “There are many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br>
 ROM	3	2	f2fa	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ὅτι	1		Here, **First of all, that** emphasizes that what follows is the primary reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation (remove comma after **all**): “Certainly, the primary benefit is that” or “Indeed, the most important thing is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	3	2	mrej	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them to preserve the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	3	2	jkgk	figs-idiom	τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the term **the sayings of God** is an idiom meaning “divine messages” or “prophetic announcements from God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “with messages that God announced to them through his prophets” or “with the divine messages written in the holy scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -451,12 +454,12 @@ ROM	3	4	ld9h	figs-imperative	γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής	1	let
 ROM	3	4	vkcf	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2		Here, **but** emphasizes that what follows is a strong contrast to how trustworthy God is in comparison to human beings. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	3	4	nud9	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης	1	even though every man is a liar	Here, **every man a liar** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show that in comparison to God, every Jew, and by extension, all human beings are not trustworthy. Paul knows that every individual person is not **a liar**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “but every person shown untrustworthy” or “and human beings exposed as false” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 ROM	3	4	f341	figs-quotations	πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation (See [Psalm 116:11](psalm/116/11.md)). Alternate translation: “indeed, ‘Every man is a liar’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-ROM	3	4	te39	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it has been written	In Paul’s culture, **just as it is been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations)
+ROM	3	4	te39	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it has been written	In Paul’s culture, **just as it is been written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (See LXX [Psalm 50:6](psalm/50/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “exactly as David the prophet says in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 ROM	3	4	x6ax	figs-parallelism	ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1	That you might be shown to be righteous in your words, and that you might prevail when you come into judgment	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to show that God is **true**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “so that when people try to judge you, you will prevail as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	3	4	xli0	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅπως	1		Here, **that** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “So that as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	3	4	lnnr	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	3	4	tj8g	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	3	5	gw3a	figs-abstractnouns	εἰ δὲ	1		Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	3	4	tj8g	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **words**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when you speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
+ROM	3	5	gw3a	figs-abstractnouns	 εἰ δὲ	1		Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions. Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	3	5	y6vv	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν	1		Here, **our** and **we* are used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,9](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … can we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	3	5	y0r5	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** with verbal forms or another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	5	q6js	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **his** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -465,45 +468,30 @@ ROM	3	5	j631	figs-aside	(κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.)	1	I am using a h
 ROM	3	5	sd4g	figs-idiom	(κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.)	1		Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	3	6	gd5f	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:4](../03/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 ROM	3	6	zg9s	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1	For then how would God judge the world?	This is a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing {his} wrath” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were somehow unrighteous, how will he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM	3	6	x1y3	figs-declarative	κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς	1		Paul could be using a future statement to indicate possibility. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different verb form to indicate possibility. Alternate translation: “could God” or “could it be possible for God to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+ROM	3	6	x1y3	figs-declarative	κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς	1		Paul could be using a future statement to indicate possibility. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a different verb form to indicate possibility. Alternate translation: “could God” or “could it be possible for God to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])<br>
 ROM	3	6	lnp3	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	the world	The **world** is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “anyone in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	3	7	xysz	figs-infostructure	εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	3	7	b9k1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰ δὲ	1	But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner?	Here, the phrase **But if** indicates that Paul is resuming his rhetorical questions (See [3:5](../03/05.md)). Alternate translation: “If indeed” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	3	7	j9ji	figs-abstractnoun	ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” or “what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	7	lbji	figs-possession	ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** about **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Here, it could refer to: (1) how trustworthy God is. Alternate translation: “how reliable God is” or “how truthful God is” (2) what is true about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God” or “God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	3	7	fa7j	figs-exclusive	ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	3	7	fa7j	figs-exclusive	ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a hypothetical response from a Jewish person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	3	7	o3po	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	7	je41	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to bring him glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	3	7	h61j		εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to glorify him” or “to cause others to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	7	yv5j	figs-activepassive	τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form **being judged** in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “why does God still judge me like I am someone who is sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	3	7	oplr	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι	1		This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+ROM	3	7	oplr	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	τί ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι	1		This speaker is asking a conditional question that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that he is **being judged** by God **as a sinner**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “why should God still judge me” or “how could God still judge me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])<br>
 ROM	3	7	iiqc	figs-activepassive	ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	3	7	kl58	figs-simile	ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		The point of this comparison is that someone who brings **glory** to **God** should not be considered a **sinner**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as if I were sinning” or “like God judges people who sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 ROM	3	7	pgus	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I am sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	8	kb9d	figs-infostructure	καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά?	1	as we are falsely reported to say	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	3	8	wr3g	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μὴ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	3	8	g19d	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καθὼς…καθώς	1		Paul is using **just as** to emphasize the fact that certain people are spreading false rumors about the apostles’ teaching. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the way … in the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-ROM	3	8	tz14	figs-exclusive	βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν	1	And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”?	Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	3	8	m5xx	figs-parallelism	καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-ROM	3	8	cn1c	figs-activepassive	βλασφημούμεθα	1	The judgment on them is just	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	3	8	h68w	figs-explicit	τινες	1		Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	3	8	qc9n	figs-quotations	ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά	1		This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-ROM	3	8	uocy	figs-imperative	ποιήσωμεν	1		Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-ROM	3	8	ukgb	figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά	1		Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-ROM	3	8	r0d8	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ κακὰ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	3	8	bs94	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-ROM	3	8	vd6y	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἀγαθά	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	3	8	o2nu	writing-pronouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-ROM	3	8	zwlg	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	3	9	z3wu	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase ** What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	3	9	ajj8	figs-exclusive	προεχόμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	3	9	cbgq	figs-ellipsis	τί οὖν?…οὐ πάντως	1	Connecting Statement:	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “What are we saying then … We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	3	9	z3wu	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase **What then** that he began with in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM	3	9	ajj8	figs-exclusive	προεχόμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])<br>
 ROM	3	9	g85q	figs-exclamations	οὐ πάντως	1	Not at all	**Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-ROM	3	9	gfa3	figs-ellipsis	οὐ πάντως	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	3	9	drcx	figs-exclusive	προῃτιασάμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	3	9	fia9	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	What then? Are we excusing ourselves?	Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM	3	9	q88t	figs-merism	Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας	1		Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
-ROM	3	9	s0px	figs-metaphor	πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	3	10	u88n	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	This is as it is written	In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations)
+ROM	3	10	m5r6	figs-litany		0	This is as it is written	Paul uses these Old Testament quotations in [3:10–18](../03/10.md) as a repetitive series of sentences in order to show how evil all types of people are. In [3:10–12](../03/10.md) he emphasizes the general nature of their evil conduct by repeating the word **none** four times, and the phrase **not even one** twice. In [3:13–18](../03/13.md), he uses specific examples of their evil conduct. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the charges against humanity. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
+ROM	3	10	u88n	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	This is as it is written	In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text. In [3:10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quotes from Old Testament books of Psalms, Proverbs, and Isaiah. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as the Old Testament says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 ROM	3	10	yt5d	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly make themselves right with God” or “There is absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	3	10	bscu	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1		Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	3	11	h9e9	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν	1	There is no one who understands	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that no type of person wants to know **God**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who understand what it means to seek God” or “There is no one who understands how to seek God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -511,60 +499,58 @@ ROM	3	11	kqs5	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν	2		Paul
 ROM	3	11	wkjb	figs-extrainfo	ὁ συνίων	1		By **understands**, Paul likely means to understand who **God is**. Paul adds the word **God** at the end of next parallel line. Since the expression is explained in the next line, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 ROM	3	11	mn84	figs-metaphor	ἐκζητῶν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he was lost and these people are looking for him. Paul means that no type of person naturally wants to know and worship God. If your readers would not understand what it means to **seek God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who desires to acknowledge” or “who wants to live as God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	3	12	cen3	figs-metaphor	πάντες ἐξέκλιναν	1	They have all turned away	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were physically swerving from where God is. Paul means that they refuse to seek to live how God requires. If your readers would not understand what **turned away** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “All types of people refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	3	12	kx0f	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	3	12	kx0f	figs-nominaladj	 πάντες	1		Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe all of humanity (See how you translated this word in [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all kinds of people” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	3	12	t684	figs-parallelism	πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν;	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that all types of people reject God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Absolutely all types of people are useless without God” or “The whole human race is completely purposeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	3	12	na87	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do what is **good**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There are no types of people who can possibly do what is good” or “There is absolutely no one who is continually does what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	3	12	v9ed	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ…ἑνός	1		Paul is using the singular adjectives **none** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all humanity. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people who do what is good, not any people” or “There is no person who does what is good, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	3	12	b3g1	figs-abstractnouns	χρηστότητα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “what is good” or “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	3	13	sx6y	figs-metonymy		1	Their tongues have deceived	Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	3	13	sx6y	figs-metonymy		1	Their tongues have deceived	Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **throat**, **tongues**, and **lips**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression like the UST or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br>
 ROM	3	13	c7rh	figs-parallelism	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1		These three phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing thrice, in slightly different ways, to show how damaging the words are that these people say. If saying the same thing thrice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	3	13	bbq5	figs-metaphor	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1	Their throat is an open grave	Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **throat** as if it were an uncovered **grave**. He means that the things they say cause corruption and death. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The slanderous things they say cause corruption and death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	3	13	daji	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ λάρυγξ	1		The word **throat** is a singular noun that refers to the throats of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural word “throats” like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 ROM	3	13	pemg	figs-personification	ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν	1		Here, **tongues** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person who could deceive someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “These people say deceptive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	3	13	qk16	figs-metaphor	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1	The poison of snakes is under their lips	Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	3	13	qk16	figs-metaphor	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1	The poison of snakes is under their lips	Paul speaks figuratively of these people’s **lips** as if they contained poison like an **asp**. He means that the things they say cause harm like deadly venom. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “The things they say injure other people like a snake bite” or “The things they say are deadly, like an asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
 ROM	3	13	b4bp	figs-possession	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “asp’s” instead of the noun “asp.” Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	3	14	df77	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	14	sqr5	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1	Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness	Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with their **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “The things they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	3	14	j0sg	figs-metaphor	ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **cursing and bitterness** as if these concepts were items with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **full of cursing and bitterness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They habitually curse and say bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	3	14	wtey	grammar-collectivenouns	ὧν τὸ στόμα…γέμει	1		The word **mouth** is a singular noun that refers to the mouths of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use the plural like the UST or another way. Alternate translation: “What they say is full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-ROM	3	14	wisb	figs-hendiadys	ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **bitterness** tells how these people curse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “bitter cursing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 ROM	3	15	quph	figs-metaphor	ὀξεῖς οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν, ἐκχέαι αἷμα	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **feet** as if they were hands holding something that contains **blood** and pouring it out. He means that these people are bloodthirsty. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **to pour out blood** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “They hurry to slaughter others” or “They are quick to murder” or “They are bloodthirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	3	15	vds1	figs-synecdoche	οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν	1	Their feet are swift to pour out blood	Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM	3	15	vds1	figs-synecdoche	οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν 	1	Their feet are swift to pour out blood	Paul refers figuratively to **Their feet**, a part of the human body, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br>
 ROM	3	15	kfio	figs-ellipsis	ὀξεῖς	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	3	16	bc96	figs-abstractnouns	σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people miserable anywhere they go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	16	lyh1	figs-hendiadys	σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία	1	Destruction and suffering are in their paths	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **Destruction** explains what kind of **suffering** these people cause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “Destructive suffering” or “Miserable destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 ROM	3	16	ea6l	figs-ellipsis	ἐν	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	3	16	rrgr	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1		Here, the term **paths** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they live.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	3	16	dmzr	figs-personification	ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1		Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	3	16	dmzr	figs-personification	ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1		Here, **Destruction** and **suffering** are spoken of figuratively as though these concepts were people located on the **paths** on which the ungodly people travel. Paul means that these people cause **Destruction** and **suffering** wherever they go. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Destroying lives and making people miserable characterizes how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br>
 ROM	3	17	zbrd	figs-personification	καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1		Here, **a way of peace** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person someone could know. Paul means that these people do not understand or recognize how to live peacefully. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The people do not understand how to live peacefully” or “These people do not recognize what it means to live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	3	17	jb6b	figs-possession	ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	a way of peace	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “peaceful” instead of the noun “peace” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	17	v3hy	figs-possession	ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “a way to live peacefully” or “peaceful living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	18	xcp7	figs-personification	οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1		Here, **fear** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person these people could see. Paul means that these people arrogantly live like God does not notice. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They are unafraid that God could be watching what they are doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	3	18	m89o	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1		Here the phrase **before their eyes** is an idiom meaning “in front of them.” Paul means that these people are unconcerned or do not pay attention to the fact that God is watching the evil things they do. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly and pay no attention that God is watching how they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	3	18	bx27	figs-abstractnouns	φόβος Θεοῦ	1	There is no fear of God before their eyes	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	3	18	bx27	figs-abstractnouns	φόβος Θεοῦ 	1	There is no fear of God before their eyes	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They live  fearlessly without acknowledging God” or “They do not revere God by the way they live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	18	frt1	figs-possession	φόβος Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that is reserved for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace the preposition **of** with “for” or “toward.” Alternate translation: “terror for God” or “fear for God” or “reverence toward God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	19	lrdp	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **Now** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [3:1–9](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Finally,” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	3	19	gc8t	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	3	19	e8h2	figs-personification	ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ	1	whatever the law says, it speaks	Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who is speaking. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in his law, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	3	19	n399	figs-metonymy	ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ	1	the ones who are under the law	Paul is figuratively describing all the Jewish Scriptures by using phrase **the law**, which is part of the Jewish Scriptures. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s rules … God’s rules” or “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	3	19	b0g5	figs-metaphor	τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	3	19	b0g5	figs-metaphor	 τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were located underneath **the law** (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). He means that when they are required to do what the law says. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **under the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those know what God’s law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	3	19	cy5r	figs-idiom	ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ	1		Here, the phrase **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom meaning “no one can excuse themselves.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human beings can excuse themselves” or “so that no human beings can defend themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	3	19	cu9x	figs-metonymy	ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ	1	in order that every mouth may be shut	Paul is figuratively describing something people would say by association with his **mouth**, which they would use to say something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so that no human being can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	3	19	end8	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 ROM	3	19	js71	figs-activepassive	φραγῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “shuts” or “stops talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	3	19	wwq3	figs-personification	ὑπόδικος γένηται πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῷ Θεῷ	1		Here, **the whole world** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could settle an account with God. Paul means that all humanity must give an account at the final judgment of God for how they lived. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	3	19	w12y	figs-synecdoche	πᾶς ὁ κόσμος	1	the whole world held accountable to God	Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM	3	19	w12y	figs-synecdoche	πᾶς ὁ κόσμος	1	the whole world held accountable to God	Paul refers figuratively to **the whole world** to mean the people who live throughout the whole world. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br>
 ROM	3	20	ezbo	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι	1		This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God” (See [3:19](../03/19.md)). Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	3	20	c83b	figs-ellipsis	διότι…ἐπίγνωσις	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **This is** and **is** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	3	20	q03b	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…πᾶσα	1		Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+ROM	3	20	q03b	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ…πᾶσα	1		Here, **not any** functions as a double negative. Use  a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “not one person” or “absolutely no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])<br>
 ROM	3	20	vzot	figs-activepassive	οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will not make anyone righteous” or “God will justify no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	3	20	xs9x	figs-idiom	σὰρξ	1	flesh	Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “person” or “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	3	20	d6vi	figs-personification	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who can justify and give **knowledge**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God tells in his law what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	3	20	w5qb	figs-possession	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are required by **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law” or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the law’s works” or “by doing what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	3	20	w5qb	figs-possession	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are required by **law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “law’s” instead of the noun “law” or a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “by the law’s works” or “by doing what the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	20	llh9	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the phrase **in his sight** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	3	20	gaa3	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	This phrase introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why **not any flesh will be declared righteous in his sight**. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	3	20	xgpp	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “is how we come to know what it means to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	20	aety	figs-possession	ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **knowledge** that is characterized by **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “is sin’s knowledge” or “we come to know that God requires that we do not sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	3	20	feag	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίγνωσις	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, his is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	3	21	y3te	figs-infostructure	νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται	1	now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	3	21	fqz4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	What follows the word **But now** here is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	3	21	nlj0	figs-possession	χωρὶς νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **apart from the law** could refer to: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what his law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what his law says” or “differently than what his law says” or “even if he has done no works of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -582,11 +568,11 @@ ROM	3	22	c4mg	figs-nominaladj	πάντας τοὺς πιστεύοντας	1		P
 ROM	3	22	o6qe	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	3	22	daa3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	23	x1hu	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction” (See [3:22](../03/22.md)). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-ROM	3	23	akn9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
+ROM	3	23	akn9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		See how you translated **all** in [3:22](../03/22.md).  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
 ROM	3	23	jbe9	figs-metaphor	ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were something that misses a mark or does not reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **fall short** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “lack God’s glory” or “need God’s glory” “do not attain to God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	3	23	ywpg	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	23	vwsf	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live. Alternate translation: “the glory God gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God. Alternate translation: “glorifying God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	3	24	ibi2	figs-activepassive	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God freely declares them righteous” or “God makes them right with himself as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	3	24	ibi2	figs-personification	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι	1		Here, **grace** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **justify** someone. Paul means that God graciously makes people right with himself as a gift. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and are gifted with becoming righteous because God is gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 ROM	3	24	evs8	figs-explicit	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν	1		Paul assumes that the reader or hearer knows that those who are **being freely declared righteous** are “all” those who “have sinned” in [3:23](../03/23.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God makes all people right with himself as a gift” or “all humanity is being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
 ROM	3	24	atij	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because God is so kind, who sent Christ Jesus to rescue them” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	24	mwbg	figs-ellipsis	τῆς	2		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -595,7 +581,7 @@ ROM	3	25	ci0v	figs-metaphor	ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήρ
 ROM	3	25	s7at	writing-pronouns	ὃν	1		The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 ROM	3	25	t2d8	figs-abstractnouns	ἱλαστήριον…τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation** or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to atone for humanity’s sins … how he makes people righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	25	z3d0	figs-possession	διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **faith** is related to Jesus’ **blood** (See how you translated **through faith** in [3:22](../03/22.md)). Here, **through faith** could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “by trusting in his blood” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus. Alternate translation: “through Jesus’ faithful sacrificial death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	3	25	m159	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι	1	in his blood	Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	3	25	m159	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι	1	in his blood	Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the basis of his sacrificial death” or “in his death” or “in his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ROM	3	25	ieq9	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἔνδειξιν	1	disregard	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to exhibit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 ROM	3	25	ze9m	figs-possession	τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form (See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:21–22](../03/21.md)). Here, **of his righteousness** could refer to: (1) how God makes people right with himself. Alternate translation: “how people become right with God” or “the righteousness from God” (2) what God’s righteousness is. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (3) how righteous God is. Alternate translation: “how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	25	siri	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because he previously overlooked how people sinned” or “since he passed over the sins people had previously done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -605,19 +591,19 @@ ROM	3	26	cg55	figs-possession	ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so th
 ROM	3	26	b1xa	figs-possession	πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md).
 ROM	3	26	v1c9	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ	1		Here, the phrase **at the present time** is an idiom meaning “at this time in history” or “currently.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	3	26	jjwq	figs-idiom	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν	1		This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+ROM	3	26	ab0w	figs-possession	τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **from faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **making righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	26	ea49	figs-ellipsis	τὸν\n\n	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the one who is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	3	26	ab0w	figs-possession	τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** that is related to **Jesus**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **of faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in Jesus. Alternate translation: “of the person who trusts in Jesus” (2) God’s faithfulness demonstrated in Jesus. Alternate translation (place a comma after **the one who makes righteous**): “he does this through the faithfulness of Jesus” or “God is the one who demonstrates his righteousness by how faithful Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	27	fjm4	figs-rquestion		0	Where then is boasting? It is excluded	In [3:27–31](../03/27.md), Paul asks a series of rhetorical questions to emphasize that God makes people righteous through **a law of faith**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 ROM	3	27	pub7	figs-abstractnouns	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	3	27	jvnx	figs-ellipsis	ποῦ οὖν	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	3	27	jvnx	figs-ellipsis	 ποῦ οὖν	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Where then is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	3	27	eufl	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκλείσθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It becomes excluded” or “Excluded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	3	27	v3ut	figs-ellipsis	διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1	On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “By what sort of a law is a person made righteous? Through the law of works? No! But a person is made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	3	27	s66z	figs-possession	ποίου νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **Through what** a **law** is characterized. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “what law type” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	3	27	bgyy	figs-possession	τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law** that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	3	27	bgyy	figs-possession	τῶν ἔργων? οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe one **law**  that is characterized by **works** and another by **faith**. You could express these ideas with a verbal form or another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “A law characterized by works? No! But through a law characterized by faith” or “Doing what the law requires? No! Instead, by doing what faith requires” or “By being instructed in the law?No! But by being instructed in the Faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	3	27	tg79	figs-exclamations	οὐχί,	1		Here, **No! But** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “No way! But” or “Absolutely not! Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 ROM	3	27	mlcq	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	3	28	qe9p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in [3:27](../03/27.md)) and further answers Paul’s rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-ROM	3	28	jtqq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λογιζόμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	3	28	jtqq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λογιζόμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	3	28	t8um	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	a person is justified by faith	Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense of “humanity,” including both men and women. Alternate translation: “humanity” or “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])\n
 ROM	3	28	ph88	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” does it (See [3:30](../03/30.md)). Alternate translation: “that God makes a person righteous” or “God continues to justify a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	3	28	jb14	figs-abstractnouns	πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Here **by faith** could refer to: (1) trust in God or Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in God” or “by remaining faithful to Christ” (2) God’s or Christ’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “by God’s faithfulness” or “by Christ’s faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -625,13 +611,13 @@ ROM	3	28	ycx2	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου	1	without works
 ROM	3	29	c606	figs-ellipsis	ἢ Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** and **is he** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 ROM	3	29	hdbq	figs-exclamations	οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν?	1		Here, **not** is an exclamation phrase that communicates a strong contrast. Use a natural way in your language for communicating an exclamatory question or another way in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Isn’t he also the God of the Gentiles?!” or “Of course he is also the God of the Gentiles, right?!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n
 ROM	3	29	gp74	figs-exclamations	ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν	1		Here, **Yes**is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Yes, of Gentiles also!” or “Of course the Gentiles too!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-ROM	3	30	vur7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴπερ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+ROM	3	30	vur7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	 εἴπερ	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 ROM	3	30	ux30	figs-metaphor	εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God {is} one** in nature, and he is the **one** true **God** of both Jews and Gentiles. If your readers would not understand what **God {is} one** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” or “God is one in nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	3	30	dech	figs-ellipsis	εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is one” or “there is one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	3	30	rjxp	figs-parallelism	ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **from faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people right with himself from continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	3	30	rjxp	figs-parallelism	ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **God** shows no partiality in making people from any nation right with himself **by faith**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation:  “who makes both Jews and non-Jews right with himself by continuing to trust in him” or “who makes all types of people righteous by continually trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	3	30	gk5d	figs-metonymy	περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν	1	he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith	Paul is figuratively describing the Jews by association with **circumcision**, and the Gentiles by association with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jews … the Gentiles” or “the Jewish people … the non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	3	30	s9i4	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith**(See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	3	31	nzr7	figs-exclusive	καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold	Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	3	30	s9i4	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **faith** (See how you translated this phrase in [3:26](../03/26.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **by faith** could refer to: (1) A person who trusts in God. Alternate translation: “from trusting in God … through trusting in God” (2) God’s faithfulness. Alternate translation: “because he is faithful … through his faithfulness” or “from his faithfulness … through the same faithfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	3	31	nzr7	figs-exclusive	καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold	Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we believing Jews then nullify” or “Do we believing Jews then abolish”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	3	31	y6qx	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold the law	Here, **then** indicates result. If it would be more natural in your language, you could place **then** at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize the idea of result or make the sentence into an emphatic statement like the UST. Alternate translation: “So then, do we nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 ROM	3	31	aj6s	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
 ROM	3	31	rhy5	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@@ -639,14 +625,14 @@ ROM	3	31	f8ft	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word
 ROM	3	31	c295	figs-metaphor	νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were something that could be held aloft. He means that believing Jews such as Paul teach that **faith** was always a necessary part of obeying **the law**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **uphold the law** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we believing Jews confirm what the law says” or “we believing Jews establish what the law actually teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	4	intro	f9jc			0		# Romans 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 7-8 of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>Paul builds upon material from chapter 3. He explains how Abraham, the father of Israel, was justified. Even Abraham could not be justified by what he did. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person right with God. Obeying God’s commands is a way a person shows they believe in God. People have always been justified only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, no person was justified only by being circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 ROM	4	1	gw29	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **What then will we say** marks the beginning a series of rhetorical questions and answers in [4:1–12](../04/01.md) to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made right with God “through faith” (See [3:31](../03/31.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements in the UST or communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	4	1	s4b5	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν	1		Here, Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:09](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	4	1	s4b5	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν	1		From [4:1–9](../04/01.md), Paul continues to use **we** exclusively to speak of himself and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “should we believing Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	4	1	ot88	figs-infostructure	εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 ROM	4	1	fk5t	figs-idiom	τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα	1		Here, **our forefather according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “our first Jewish ancestor.” (See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “our first Jewish ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 ROM	4	2	oe12	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα, ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Paul has already concluded that boasting about **works** is excluded in [3:27](../03/27.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “Even if someone would consider Abraham to be right with God by doing what God requires from his people, Abraham still has no reason to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 ROM	4	2	ka9b	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows is meant to emphasis that that even Abraham was not made right with God **by works** of the law. Alternate translation: “Of course” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	4	2	wvmh	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God made Abraham right with himself” or “God justified Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	2	sibe	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων	1		Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that the phrase **of works** is equivalent to the phrase **by works of the law** (See [3:28](..03/28.md)). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	4	2	me3d	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν.	1		What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	4	2	sibe	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων	1		Paul assumes that the Jewish believers he is addressing would understand that **works** is equivalent to the phrase “works of the law” in [3:28](../03/28.md). The difference is that Abraham lived before God gave his law to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the connection explicit. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	4	2	me3d	grammar-connect-logic-contrast 	ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν.	1		What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Although people may be impressed by **works**, a person is not **made righteous by works** from God’s perspective. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not to God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 ROM	4	2	z9wx	figs-metaphor	πρὸς Θεόν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God** (See [2:13](../02/13.md)). He means that God does not accept Abraham as **righteous by works**. If your readers would not understand what **before God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to God” or “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 ROM	4	3	w9i5	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For what does the scripture say	Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. In what follows, Paul gives the reason why Abraham is not “made righteous by works” in [4:2](../04/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
 ROM	4	3	r9te	writing-quotations	τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει?	1		In the New Testament, **what does the scripture say** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Old Testament in [Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the holy scriptures. Alternate translation: “what is written in the Old Testament” or “what did Moses write in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
@@ -664,198 +650,490 @@ ROM	4	5	fezj	figs-explicit	τὸν δικαιοῦντα	1		The implication is t
 ROM	4	5	tovp	figs-nominaladj	τὸν ἀσεβῆ	1		Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	4	5	va3e	figs-activepassive	λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	his faith is counted as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considers that person as being right with himself through trusting in him” or “God counts that person as righteous because he trusts in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	4	5	s00l	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being right with God” or “how he trusts in God … as if he is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	4	6	hil6	writing-quotations	καθάπερ…λέγει	1		In the New Testament, **Even as … speaks** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “This what … wrote in the Old Testament” or “This is exactly what … refers to in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM	4	6	hil6	writing-quotations	καθάπερ…λέγει	1		In the New Testament, **Even as … speaks** is a normal way to introduce a scripture quotation. Here it specifically refers to a quotation from the Psalms of King David in [LXX Psalm 31:1–2](psalm/31/01.md) that continues through [4:7–8](../04/07.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “This what … wrote in the Old Testament” or “This is exactly what … refers to in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 ROM	4	6	s0v1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the person is” or “how happy people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	4	6	vyse	figs-possession	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	4	6	vyse	figs-possession	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessing**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “blessed” instead of the noun “blessing.” Alternate translation: “about the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	4	6	x40j	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the people” or “for the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n
 ROM	4	6	c6zs	figs-distinguish	ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων	1		This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 ROM	4	6	lilj	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being right with himself” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
 ROM	4	6	o260	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-ROM	4	7	dur6	figs-parallelism		1	whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Happy**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
+ROM	4	7	dur6	figs-parallelism		1	whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why these people should be **Blessed**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How happy are those people whom God completely forgives all the wrong things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
 ROM	4	7	gm94	figs-exclamations	μακάριοι…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … covered!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])\n
-ROM	4	7	xesq	figs-ellipsis	μακάριοι…αἱ ἀνομίαι…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** and **their** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Happy are … their lawless deeds … their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	4	7	op7p	figs-nominalad	μακάριοι	1		Paul is using the plural adjective **Happy** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	4	7	xesq	figs-ellipsis	μακάριοι…αἱ ἀνομίαι…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** and **their** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Blessed are … their lawless deeds … their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	4	7	op7p	figs-nominalad	μακάριοι	1		Paul is using the plural adjective **Blessed** as a noun in order to describe people whose **lawless deeds are forgiven**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “How happy are the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 ROM	4	7	lq4w	figs-nominalad	ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a word that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun “truth.” Alternate translation: “by the true word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 ROM	4	7	d4f4	figs-activepassive	ἀφέθησαν…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	9	sgz7	figs-rquestion	ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν?	1	Then is this blessing pronounced only on those of the circumcision, or also on those of the uncircumcision?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Does God bless only those who are circumcised, or also those who are not circumcised?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	4	9	dn7v	figs-metonymy	τὴν περιτομὴν	1	those of the circumcision	Here, **the circumcision** is a metonym that refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	4	9	d5qp	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν	1	those of the uncircumcision	Here, **the uncircumcision** is a metonym that refers to the people who are not Jews. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	4	9	m3uh	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God considered the faith of Abraham as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	10	uy4t	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ?	1	So how was it counted? When Abraham was in circumcision, or in uncircumcision?	Paul asks these questions to add emphasis to his remarks. Alternate translation: “When did God consider Abraham to be righteous? Was it before his circumcision, or after it?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	4	10	p5rp		οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1	It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision	“It happened before he was circumcised, not after he was circumcised”
-ROM	4	11	s2ez	figs-explicit	σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1	a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had already possessed when he was in uncircumcision	Here, **righteousness of the faith** means that God considered him to be righteous. Alternate translation: “a visible sign that God considered him righteous because he had believed in God before he was circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	4	11	i2vz		δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1	even if they are in uncircumcision	“even if they are not circumcised”
-ROM	4	11	a5b6	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1	This means that righteousness will be counted for them	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “for God will consider them righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	12	u8j3		καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς	1	And he became the father of the circumcision	Here, **circumcision** refers to those who are true believers in God, both Jews and Gentiles.
-ROM	4	12	s9jt	figs-idiom	καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1	who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham	Here, **walk in the footsteps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. Alternate translation: “who follow our father Abraham’s example of faith even before he was circumcised” or “who have faith as our father Abraham did while he was still uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	4	13	x9s9	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως	1	but through the righteousness of faith	The words “the promise came” are understood from the first phrase. You can translate this by adding these implied words. Alternate translation: “but the promise came through faith, which God considers as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-ROM	4	14	cf9t	figs-metaphor	κληρονόμοι	1	heirs	The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	4	14	p51n	figs-explicit	εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι	1	if those who live by the law are to be the heirs	Here, **from the law** refers to obeying the law. Alternate translation: “if those who obey the law are the ones who will inherit the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	4	14	gd78		κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία	1	faith is made empty, and the promise is void	“faith has no value, and the promise is meaningless”
-ROM	4	15	b3h8	figs-abstractnouns	οὐδὲ παράβασις	1	there is no trespass	This can be restated to remove the abstract noun **trespass**. Alternate translation: “no one can break the law” or “it is impossible to disobey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-ROM	4	16	tm4j		ἐκ πίστεως	1	it is by faith	The word **it** refers to receiving what God had promised. Alternate translation: “it is by faith that we receive the promise” or “we receive the promise by faith”
-ROM	4	16	mex6		διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ πίστεως, ἵνα κατὰ χάριν, εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν	1	in order that the promise may rest on grace	“So the promise was given by faith and received through grace, so that it could be assured”
-ROM	4	16	ns6r		τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου	1	those who are under the law	This refers to the Jewish people, who were obligated to obey **the law** of Moses.
-ROM	4	16	v4z9		τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1	those who share the faith of Abraham	This refers to those who have faith just as Abraham did before he was circumcised. Alternate translation: “those who believe as Abraham did”
-ROM	4	16	l7gg	figs-exclusive	πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν	1	father of us all	Here the word **us** refers to Paul and includes all Jewish and non-Jewish believers in Christ. Abraham is the physical ancestor of the Jewish people, but he is also the spiritual father of those who have faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	4	17	iju4	figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	Where it is written can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “as it has been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	4	17	xuwy	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as someone has written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	17	mxm5	figs-you	τέθεικά σε	1	I have made you	Here the word **you** is singular and refers to Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-ROM	4	17	ph37	figs-explicit	κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ, τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς	1	in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead	Here, **whom he trusted** refers to God. Alternate translation: “Abraham was in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	4	17	uun9		καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1	calls the things that do not exist into existence	“created everything from nothing”
-ROM	4	18	g8fm	figs-explicit	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1	In hope he believed against hope	This idiom means that Abraham trusted God even though it did not seem possible that he could have a son. Alternate translation: “and even though it seemed impossible for him to have descendants, he believe God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	4	18	b92q	figs-activepassive	κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον	1	according to what he had been told	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as God said to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	18	p5el	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου	1	So will your descendants be	The full promise God gave to Abraham can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You will have more descendants than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	4	19	m9gq	figs-litotes	καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει,	1	Without becoming weak in faith,	You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “And he remained strong in his faith, although” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-ROM	4	20	ep2z	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, ἀλλ’	1	did not hesitate in unbelief	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he kept on acting in faith, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-ROM	4	20	zdj5	figs-activepassive	ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει	1	he was strengthened in faith	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “became stronger in his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	21	y2sh		καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς	1	He was fully convinced	“and Abraham was completely sure”
-ROM	4	21	sbu3		δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι	1	he was also able to accomplish	“God was able to do”
-ROM	4	22	i56a	figs-activepassive	διὸ καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore God counted Abraham’s belief as righteousness” or “Therefore God considered Abraham righteous because Abraham believed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	23	a92n		ἐγράφη δὲ	1	Now it was	**Now** is used here to connect Abraham’s being made right by faith to present-day believer’s being made right by faith in Christ’s death and resurrection.
-ROM	4	23	r65c		δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον	1	only for his benefit	“for Abraham only”
-ROM	4	23	z432	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ	1	that it was counted for him	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “that God counted righteousness to him” or “that God considered him righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	24	pfc9	figs-exclusive	δι’ ἡμᾶς	1	for us	The word **our** refers to Paul and includes all believers in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	4	24	nh4k	figs-activepassive	οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν	1	also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “because God will consider us righteous also if we believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	4	24	a6c7	figs-idiom	τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	him who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead	The phrase **raised … from the dead** is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “the one who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	4	25	cca1	figs-activepassive	ὃς παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1	who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave over to enemies for our trespasses and whom God brought back to life so he could make us right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	4	8	yox7	figs-parallelism		1		This verse means the same thing as [4:7](../04/07.md). Paul the same thing here, in a slightly different way, to summarize how **Blessed** the person is against whom **the Lord** does **not count sin**. Use a natural way in your language to express a summarizing idea. Alternate translation: “How happy is a person who the Lord never again regards as sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	4	8	ari0	figs-exclamations	 μακάριος…ἁμαρτίαν	1		If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “How happy … sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
+ROM	4	8	xm0j	figs-ellipsis	μακάριος	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Blessed is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	4	8	kpfe	grammar-collectivenouns	ἀνὴρ	1		The word **man** is a singular noun that refers to all humanity. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “any person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+ROM	4	8	yxh2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1		Here, the phrase translated **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never.” Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+ROM	4	9	qtgb	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν 	1		Here, **Then** introduces a result clause in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	4	9	alrb	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ 	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessing**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form (See how you translated this word in [4:5](../04/05.md). Alternate translation: “how blessed this person is for” or “how happy these people are for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	9	f2lh	figs-ellipsis	ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is this blessedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	4	9	dn7v	figs-metonymy	τὴν περιτομὴν…τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν	1	those of the circumcision	See how you translated these concepts in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	4	9	w2xt	figs-quotations	λέγομεν γάρ, ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		This is a modified quotation of Paul’s words in [4:3](../04/03.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “As we previously said, ‘Abraham believed God, and it was counted to him as righteousness’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+ROM	4	9	mrsm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows is indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	4	9	m3uh	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God considered Abraham as being right with himself since he trusted in God” or “God regarded Abraham righteous because of how he trusted in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	4	9	ymps	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “How he trusted … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	10	bw38	figs-explicit	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		In this verse Paul implies that **it** refers to Abraham’s faith in [4:9](../04/09.md), and that Abraham is the implied subject of the rest of this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How then was Abraham’s faith counted? While he was circumcised or while he was uncircumcised? {It was} not while Abraham was circumcised, but while Abraham was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+ROM	4	10	p5rp	figs-activepassive	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη	1	It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “How then did God consider it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	4	10	wbta	grammar-connect-logic-result	πῶς οὖν	1		Here, **Then** introduces a result clause in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “How as a result” or “So then how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	4	10	xid2	figs-ellipsis	οὐκ	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **It was** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It was not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	4	11	gdem	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1		Here, **And** indicates that what follows explains the significance of Abraham’s **circumcision**. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	4	11	d564	figs-possession	σημεῖον… περιτομῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the sign** that identifies **circumcision**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “circumcision’s” instead of the noun “circumcision.” Alternate translation: “circumcision’s sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	4	11	rjhr	figs-parallelism	καὶ σημεῖον ἔλαβεν περιτομῆς, σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to describe the significance of **circumcision**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “And he received circumcision to mark how he became righteous by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	4	11	n31z	figs-possession	τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **righteousness** that comes from **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with an adjective phrase or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of faith’s righteousness” or “of being right with God that comes from trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	4	11	zlwg	figs-distinguish	τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		This clause gives us further information about **the faith** of Abraham. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that Abraham had while still uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	4	11	vliw	figs-ellipsis	τῆς…τῇ	3		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **was** and **his** are added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that was … his circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	4	11	f5vv	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God required Abraham to become circumcised. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+ROM	4	11	ue6v	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he procreated **those who believe** in the one true God. Paul means that Abraham spiritually represents all non-Jews who are uncircumcised who trust in God. If your readers would not understand what **father** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “so that he would spiritually represent all uncircumcised people who trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	11	hm61		εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		Paul uses this clause to give further information about the idea of Abraham as **father of all those who believe**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here this clause could refer to: (1) the purpose of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “so that they could be counted as righteous” (2) the result of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “causing them to be counted as righteous”
+ROM	4	11	y88e	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “so that God counts this righteousness to them” or “causing God to count them as being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	4	11	ehib	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as being right with God” or “as being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	12	u8j3	figs-personification	καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς	1	And he became the father of the circumcision	Here, **circumcision** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a child who could have a **father**. Paul means that Abraham is the spiritual ancestor of those who have the “circumcision of the heart” (See [2:29](../02/29.md)). “If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	4	12	u3j5	figs-metaphor	περιτομῆς	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he procreated a child called **circumcision**. Paul means that Abraham is the spiritual ancestor of people who represent both a spiritual and physical **circumcision**. If your readers would not understand what **circumcision** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	12	avvg	figs-distinguish	τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		These clauses explain what Paul means by **the father of circumcision**. Paul is making a distinction between a physical and spiritual **circumcision**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “to those who are circumcised Jews who do not trust in Christ, and to those uncircumcised non-Jews who trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	4	12	krkf	figs-explicit	περιτομῆς	2		Paul assumes that his readers will know that this second use of **circumcision** is not figurative, but refers to Jews who are circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the circumcised Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	4	12	wdw8	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to Jews who are marked with **circumcision** to show they are physically descended from Abraham. Instead, Paul refers to those related to Abraham by common **faith** in God. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	4	12	s9jt	figs-idiom	καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1	who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham	Here, **walk in the footsteps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who live the way our ancestor Abraham’s did by trusting God even before being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	4	12	btrd	figs-possession	τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **our father Abraham** who is characterized by his **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Abraham’s” instead of the noun “Abraham” or with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “of our father Abraham’s faith” or “of trusting in God like our ancestor Abraham did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	4	12	u5ur	figs-exclusive	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, **our** refers to Paul and his fellow believing Jews (See [3:9](..03/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “our Jewish ancestor Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	4	13	x9s9	figs-infostructure		1	but through the righteousness of faith	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reorder this verse. Alternate translation: “For the promise to Abraham or to his seed was not through the law but through the righteousness of faith. What God promised to Abraham or his seed is that they would inherit the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
+ROM	4	13	i6xc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, what  follows **For** gives the reason why he Jewish ancestor Abraham is the “father” of the “uncircumcised” (See [4:12](../04/12.md). Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	4	13	yqxx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1		Here, **or** indicates that **the promise** is **to Abraham** and **his seed**. Alternate translation: “or also” or “and also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	4	13	ew13	figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a **seed* that a person plants. He means that they are Abraham’s offspring or descendants. If your readers would not understand what **his seed** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “those who descend from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	13	pjyt	figs-distinguish	τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι κόσμου	1		This phrase gives us further information about **the promise**. It is not making a distinction between **the promise to Abraham** and **to his seed**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that they would inherit the world with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	4	13	vtgx	figs-ellipsis	οὐ	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **was** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	4	13	dvlp	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to receiving God’s promise **through the law**. Instead, Paul refers to receiving the promise through **faith**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	4	13	iqsm	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνης πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **righteousness** that comes from **faith** (See how you translated the similar phrase in [4:11](../04/11.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with an adjective phrase or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “faith’s righteousness” or “becoming right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	4	13	udne	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **righteousness** and **faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “through becoming right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	4	14	n0x6	figs-hypo		1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Now, suppose that being associated with the law allows people to inherit God’s promise, then faith becomes useless and what God promised becomes void” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])\n
+ROM	4	14	hba4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, what follows **For** in [4:14–15](../04/14.md)  gives the reasons why God’s promise to Abraham comes “through the righteousness of faith” (See [4:13](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	4	14	ksui	figs-possession	οἱ ἐκ νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **those** associated with **the law**. Here, **those from the law** refers to the Jews, namely, “those from the circumcision” (See [4:12](../04/12.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could express this idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those associated with the law” or “the circumcised Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	4	14	jl50	figs-ellipsis	κληρονόμοι	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are heirs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	4	14	k4ip	figs-explicit	κληρονόμοι	1		The implication is that the **heirs** are “Abraham” and “his seed” mentioned in [4:13](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “will inherit what God promised to Abraham or his seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	4	14	md7o	figs-parallelism	κεκένωται ἡ πίστις καὶ κατήργηται ἡ ἐπαγγελία	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how powerless **the law** is to allow a person inherit God’s **promise**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “trusting in God’s promise becomes absolutely powerless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	4	14	hxvd	figs-metaphor	κεκένωται ἡ πίστις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it were a container that could be emptied. He means that **faith** becomes powerless or useless to make a person right with God if simply being associated with **the law** allows a person to inherit God’s promises. If your readers would not understand what **faith has been made empty** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “then it is impossible to become right with God by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	15	b3h8	figs-abstractnouns		1	there is no trespass	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath** and **transgression**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that God punishes those who break his law, but where God’s law is not present, there is no opportunity to transgress it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	15	qma4	figs-metaphor	 ὁ γὰρ νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person or machine that could produce something. He means that what God requires in his **law** to be done by his people causes punishment for those who do not obey **the law**. If your readers would not understand what **produces wrath** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Certainly, God punishes those who do not obey his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
+ROM	4	15	v1ow	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, what follows **For** gives the reason for God’s **law**. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	4	15	ucqi	figs-parallelism	οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that **the law** has to be present or exist for someone to be able to transgress it. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “but a person cannot transgress a law that does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	4	15	px0m	figs-metaphor	οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were located in a specific place. Here, **where** means that God’s law is present. If your readers would not understand what **where** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “but where the law is not present” or “but in a place where God’s law does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	15	t0wx	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		Here what follows the word **but** is meant to show a contrast between where God’s **law** is present and where it is not present. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	4	15	qxoi	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **are** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “neither is there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	4	16	mex6	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τοῦτο	1	in order that the promise may rest on grace	Here, **For this reason** introduces a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “Because of this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
+ROM	4	16	gzlh	figs-ellipsis	ἐκ	1		Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **it is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	4	16	defl	figs-extrainfo	ἐκ πίστεως	1		Here, the implication is that **{it is}** refers to **the promise** (See also [4:13](../04/13.md)). Since the expression is explained in this verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+ROM	4	16	nchm	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως…ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the promise** is acquired. If this is not clear in your language, you could express this idea using a verb form. Alternate translation: “a person acquires God’s promise by trusting in him … who trust God like Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	4	16	bc5k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God makes **faith** the means for acquiring **the promise**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+ROM	4	16	cgpq	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ χάριν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is kind” or “based on how gracious God is” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	16	v8it	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν	1		This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “God causes the promise to become secure” or “so that the promise is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	4	16	r8ji	grammar-collectivenouns	παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι	1		The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” or “all the different types of offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n
+ROM	4	16	xzsp	figs-metaphor	σπέρματι	1		See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	16	a4ai	figs-distinguish	οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1		These clauses give us further information about the **all the seed**. They distinguish between a **seed** based on **the law** and a **seed** based on **the faith**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “both from those believers associated with Abraham through the law, and those associated with Abraham only through faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	4	16	ns6r	figs-possession	ἐκ τοῦ νόμου	1	those who are under the law	See how you translated this phrase in [4:14](../04/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	4	16	welr	figs-metaphor	ὅς ἐστιν πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he procreated all human beings. Paul means that Abraham is the physical ancestor of all believing Jews and the spiritual ancestor of all believing non-Jews. If your readers would not understand what **father of us all** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who spiritually represents all types of people who trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	16	kd6g	figs-exclusive	πάντων ἡμῶν	1		Here, **us all** refers to **all the seed** and so is inclusive of all believing Jews and non-Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of all believers in God” or “of all of us who trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	4	17	ibwm	figs-aside	καθὼς γέγραπται, ὅτι πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε	1		Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to scripturally support the previous statement, “He is the father of us all” in [4:16](../04/16.md). You could place this quotation in parentheses or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
+ROM	4	17	iju4	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	In Paul’s culture, **just as it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Genesis (See [Genesis 17:5](gen/17/05.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase indicating that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” or “just as Genesis says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM	4	17	mxm5	writing-pronouns	τέθεικά σε…ἐπίστευσεν	1	I have made you	The pronoun **I** refers to **God** or Yahweh, and **you** and **he** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, have appointed you, Abraham, as … Abraham trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	4	17	n6l7	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he were going to physically procreate enough children to comprise **many nations**. Paul means that Abraham would become the spiritual ancestor of people from **many nations** who trust in God. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **the father of many nations** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the spiritual ancestor of numerous groups of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	17	ph37	figs-explicit	κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ,	1	in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead	The implication is that this clause completes the previous statement, “He is the father of us all” in [4:16](../04/16.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	4	17	ifwu	figs-metaphor	κατέναντι…Θεοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he were physically present with **God**. Paul means that **God** personally **appointed** Abraham to represent **many nations**, becoming an example to them by how **he trusted** God. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **in the presence of God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who represents us in relationship to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	17	e3p1	figs-parallelism	τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς, καὶ καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that God is the only one who can cause things to exist. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who resurrects what dies and creates what lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	4	17	s67j	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος	1		What follows **who** gives us further information about **God**. You could make clearer the relationship between the phrases **he trusted** and **who gives life** by beginning a new sentence or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is God who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	4	17	fhw8	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς νεκροὺς	1		Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	4	17	tg2e	figs-metaphor	καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the things not existing** as if **God** were shouting at or calling to them. Paul means that **God** creates things by naming them or summoning them **into existence** (See [Genesis 1](..gen/01/.md)). If your readers would not understand what **calls** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “summons into being things that did not previously exist” or “by speaking creates things from what does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	17	ou8k	figs-abstractnouns	ὡς ὄντα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **existence**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as though they exist” or “as if they were things that exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	18	g8fm	figs-idiom	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1	In hope he believed against hope	Here, the phrase **against hope** is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation:  “although it seemed hopeless for Abraham to have descendants, he assuredly trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
+ROM	4	18	auah	figs-abstractnouns	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope*, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “who hopefully trusted God although it seemed hopeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	18	emih	writing-pronouns	ὃς…αὐτὸν…εἰρημένον…σου	1		The pronouns **who** and **he** and **your** refer to Abraham, not God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	4	18	bs6y	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν	1		This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Abraham **believed in hope**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he would become” or “in order that he could become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+ROM	4	18	qbdq	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [4:17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	18	b92q	writing-quotations	κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον	1	according to what he had been told	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. In this case, it is a direct quotation from [Genesis 15:5](gen/15/05.md). Alternate translation: “based on what God had already said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM	4	18	p5el	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου	1	So will your descendants be	Paul assumes that his readers would know the complete wording of the promise God made to Abraham in [Genesis 15:5](gen/15/05.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	4	18	i2ev	figs-metaphor		1		See how you translated **seed** in [4:16](../04/16.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	19	ycte	figs-infostructure		1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Even though he considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—he did not weaken in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
+ROM	4	19	m9gq	figs-litotes	καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει,	1	Without becoming weak in faith,	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in his faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+ROM	4	19	b3w6	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	19	w3rq	writing-pronouns	κατενόησεν	1		The pronouns **he** and **his own** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham considered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	4	19	bn9k	figs-metaphor	ἤδη νενεκρωμένον	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he actually thought his body was dead. Paul means that Abraham was so old that he knew he could not procreate a child. If your readers would not understand what **as already having died** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “useless for procreating” or “unable to father a child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	19	bfsr	figs-aside	ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων	1		Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to express why Abraham **considered his own body as already having died**. If this would be confusing in your language, you can remove the parentheses and continue his statement by replacing **being** with “since he was.” Alternate translation: “since he was about one hundred years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
+ROM	4	19	hro2	figs-distinguish	καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		This phrase gives us further information about what Abraham **considered**. It is not introducing a new topic, but is reinforcing how impossible it was for he and **Sarah** to naturally procreate. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and he also considered that Sarah was unable to conceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	4	19	qil5	figs-metaphor	καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Sarah’s **womb** as if were dead. He means that she was unable to conceive or infertile. If your readers would not understand what **deadness** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “and how Sarah was unable to conceive” or “and how Sarah was infertile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	19	ghhm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deadness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that Sarah was infertile” or “that Sarah was unable to conceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	20	qn5h	figs-infostructure	εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not waver in unbelief about what God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+ROM	4	20	kicf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **But** indicates that what follows emphasizes Abraham’s **faith** in **the promise of God**. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	4	20	qcod	figs-possession	εἰς…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promise** that comes from **God** that is characterized by truth. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God.” Alternate translation: “as it relates to God’s promise” or “relating to the promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	4	20	wgmc	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	4	20	ep2z	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	did not hesitate in unbelief	This is a double negative. Since the following clause positively contrasts it, you should not translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he did not doubt that God is faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+ROM	4	20	th2x	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ…τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the unbelief** and **the faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by disbelieving … by believing” or “by distrusting … by trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	20	a4g4	figs-infostructure	ἀλλ’ ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει, δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “but by glorifying God, he became more empowered to trust” or “but after glorifying God, he became strengthened to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
+ROM	4	20	z0w3	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what was expected, that Abraham would doubt that God was going to give him a son since he was nearly one hundred years old (See [4:19](../04/19.md)). Instead, Abraham trusted God even more. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “on the contrary, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	4	20	zdj5	figs-activepassive	ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει	1	he was strengthened in faith	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “trusting God strengthened Abraham” or “God strengthened his belief” or “God empowered him to continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	4	20	ew3r	figs-abstractnouns	δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having glorified God” or “because he glorified God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	21	y2sh	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς	1	He was fully convinced	This is a result clause. Paul gives the reason why Abraham “did not waver in unbelief” but gave “glory to God” in [4:20](../04/20.md). Use natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “since God had totally convinced him” or “because Abraham was fully convinced” or “causing Abraham to become fully convinced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	4	21	arjk	figs-distinguish	ὃ ἐπήγγελται, δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι	1		This phrase gives us further information about why Abraham was **fully convinced**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “since God had promised that Abraham would become the father of many nations, God was also powerful enough to perform what he said he would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	4	21	j12r	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἐπήγγελται	1		The pronoun **what** refers to the things God promised Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things God promised to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	4	21	plbf	writing-pronouns	ἐπήγγελται…ἐστιν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to God, not Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had promised, God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	4	22	o146	writing-quotations	διὸ καὶ	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “And therefore as it is written,” or “This is why the scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM	4	22	ympp	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ καὶ	1		Here, **Therefore** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “And for this reason” or “Now this is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	4	22	i56a	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Because Abraham trusted God, God counted him as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	4	22	kmh2	figs-explicit	ἐλογίσθη	1		The implication is that **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, which Paul explains in [4:20-21](../04/20.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s faith was counted” or “how Abraham trusted God was reckoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	4	22	kwzf	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “as being right with God” or “being righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	4	23	ksp8	figs-infostructure		1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now that ‘it was counted to him,’ was not written only for his sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+ROM	4	23	bfiw	figs-extrainfo	οὐκ ἐγράφη δὲ δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον	1		By **not written only for his sake**, Paul likely means to include all who trust in God. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+ROM	4	23	a92n	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Now it was	Here, **Now** indicates that what follows is a summary of the idea of “the righteousness of faith” for “many nations” in [4:13-25](../04/13.md). Alternate translation: “However,” or “But,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	4	23	r65c	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1	only for his benefit	The pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s … to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	4	23	ae1u	writing-quotations	ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ,	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said, ‘Faith was counted to him.’” or “that the scriptures say, ‘God counted him as righteous because he trusted.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+ROM	4	23	jft0		ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [4:22](../04/22.md).
+ROM	4	24	ffdm	figs-infostructure	ἀλλὰ καὶ δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could restructure these phrases. Alternate translation: “but also for our sake. God is about to count how we trust as being right with him as well: those of us who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+ROM	4	24	gy7c	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ καὶ	1		What follows the words **but also** here is in contrast to what was expected, that what God promised to Abraham was “not written only for his sake” (See [4:23](../04/23.md)). Instead, what God promised to Abraham is for all **those who believe**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “yet also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	4	24	pfc9	figs-exclusive	δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει…Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	for us	Here, **our** and **whom** refer to all **those who believe** in **Jesus**. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “for the sake us all who are about … from the dead Jesus, the Lord of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	4	24	nc8x	figs-distinguish	οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		This phrase gives us further information about faith that is **counted** as righteousness for those who live after Jesus died and resurrected. Paul is distinguishing between faith in the one true God before and after Christ lived. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “for whom God will count our faith as righteousness as well, if we continue to believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	4	24	nh4k	figs-activepassive	οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι	1	also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “to whom God is going to count as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	4	24	bu1m	writing-pronouns	μέλλει	1		Here the pronoun **it** refers to “faith” (See [4:20–22](../04/20)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “faith is about” or “trusting in God is going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	4	24	artt	writing-pronouns	τὸν ἐγείραντα 	1		The pronoun **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who resurrected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
+ROM	4	24	i6vl	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντα…ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		Here, the phrase **raised from the dead** is an idiom meaning “resurrected from where dead people are.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who resurrected … from death” or “resurrected … from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	4	24	iq69	figs-idiom	figs-nominaladj	1		Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	4	25	vngb	figs-distinguish		1		This verse gives us further information about Jesus. It is making a distinction between who Jesus is and what God has done to him. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God handed over Jesus because of how we violated God’s laws, and God resurrected Jesus in order to make us right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])\n
+ROM	4	25	irue	writing-pronouns	ὃς…ἡμῶν…τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		The pronoun **who** refers to Jesus, and **our** refers to all **those who believe** in him (See [4:24](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … all of our … the vindication of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	4	25	cca1	figs-activepassive	ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη 	1	who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God handed over Jesus … God resurrected Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	4	25	b999	figs-metaphor	ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were something that could be sent to another person and an object to lift up. Paul means that God allowed people to kill, and then God resurrected Jesus after he died. If your readers would not understand what **was delivered up** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God handed over Jesus … God resurrected him” or “God allowed others to kill Jesus … God made him alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	4	25	op41	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν…διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespasses** and **justification**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us right with God” or “because we transgressed … so God could vindicate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
 ROM	5	intro	i1dt			0		# Romans 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br><br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br><br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
-ROM	5	1	xmp3			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul begins to tell many different things that happen when God makes believers right with him.
-ROM	5	1	age4		δικαιωθέντες οὖν	1	Since we are justified	“Because we are justified”
-ROM	5	1	s6xd	figs-exclusive	ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν	1	we … our	All occurrences of **we** and **our** refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	5	1	p11y		διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through our Lord Jesus Christ	“because of what our Lord Jesus Christ did”
-ROM	5	2	du8b		δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν	1	Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand	Here, **by faith** refers to our trust in Jesus, which allows us to **stand** before God. Alternate translation: “because we trust in Jesus, God allows us to come into his presence”
-ROM	5	3	q5p7		οὐ μόνον δέ	1	Not only this	The word **this** refers to the ideas described in [Romans 5:1-2](./01.md).
-ROM	5	3	u14f	figs-exclusive	καὶ καυχώμεθα	1	we … our … We	Here, **we** refers to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	5	5	i8pd	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῖν	1	our … us	The words **our** and **us** refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	5	5	pp1n	figs-personification	ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει	1	that hope does not disappoint	Paul uses personification here as he speaks of **hope** as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “we are very confident that we will receive the things that we wait for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	5	5	qka8	figs-metonymy	ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1	because the love of God has been poured into our hearts	Here, **hearts** represents a person’s thoughts, feelings, or inner person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	5	5	c09d	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1		The phrase **the love of God has been poured into our hearts** is a metaphor for God showing love to his people. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	5	5	dc95	figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1		You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because he has loved us greatly” or “because God has shown us how much he loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	5	6	x5eg	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	we	The pronoun **we** here refers to all believers and so should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	5	7	xv5w		μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται	1	For one will hardly die for a righteous man	“For it is hard to find someone who is willing to die, even for a righteous man”
-ROM	5	7	nnj9		ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν	1	That is, perhaps someone would dare to die for a good person	“But you might find someone who is willing to die for such a good person”
-ROM	5	8	xew8		συνίστησιν	1	proves	You can translate this verb in past tense using “demonstrated” or “showed.”
-ROM	5	8	bw77	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1	us … we	The pronouns **us** and **we** refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	5	9	l35j	figs-explicit	πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1	Much more, then, now that we are justified by his blood	Here, **justified** means that God puts us in a right relationship with himself. Alternate translation: “How much more then, now that we have been made right with God because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	9	x9yi	figs-activepassive	πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “How much more will God do for us now that he has made us right with himself because of the death of Jesus on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	5	9	nvs3	figs-metonymy	τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1	blood	Here, **his blood** is a metonym for the sacrificial death of Jesus on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	5	9	sh8f		σωθησόμεθα	1	we will be saved	Here, **saved** means that through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross, God has forgiven us and rescued us from being punished in hell for our sin.
-ROM	5	9	bev3	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὀργῆς	1	his wrath	Here, **wrath** is a metonym that refers to God’s punishment of those who have sinned against him. Alternate translation: “God’s punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	5	10	v8a1	figs-exclusive	κατηλλάγημεν…σωθησόμεθα	1	we were	Both occurrences of **we** refer to all believers and should be inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	5	10	u6bn		Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ	1	his Son … his life	“of God’s Son, much more, having been reconciled, will we be saved by the life of God’s Son”
-ROM	5	10	rnc5	figs-activepassive	κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed us to have a peaceful relationship with him because his son died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	5	10	cu3c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	**Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-ROM	5	10	qe6y	figs-activepassive	καταλλαγέντες	1	after having been reconciled	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has made us his friends again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	5	12	hjx4			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul explains why death happened even before God gave the law to Moses.
-ROM	5	12	wf9f	figs-personification	δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος	1	through one man sin entered … death entered through sin	Paul describes **sin** as a dangerous thing that came into the world through the actions of **one man**, Adam. This sin then became an opening through which death, pictured here as another dangerous thing, also came into the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	5	13	eqa2	figs-explicit	ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου, ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ	1	For until the law, sin was in the world	This means that the people sinned before God gave **the law**. Alternate translation: “People in the world sinned before God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	13	juq7	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτία δὲ οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται, μὴ ὄντος νόμου	1	but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law	This means that God did not charge the people with sinning before he gave the law. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but God did not record sin against the law before he gave the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	5	14	ev8a		ἀλλὰ…ὁ θάνατος	1	Nevertheless, death	“Even though what I have just said is true, death” or “There was no written law from the time of Adam to the time of Moses, but death” ([Romans 5:13](../05/13.md)).
-ROM	5	14	bd3q	figs-personification	ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως	1	death ruled from Adam until Moses	Paul is speaking of **death** as if it were a king who **ruled**. Alternate translation: “people continued to die from the time of Adam until the time of Moses as a consequence of their sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	5	14	t481		καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1	even over those who did not sin like Adam’s disobedience	“even people whose sins were different from Adam’s continue to die”
-ROM	5	14	hdj4		ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1	who is a pattern of him who was to come	Adam was a pattern of Christ, who appeared much later. He had much in common with him.
-ROM	5	15	kln1	figs-explicit	εἰ γὰρ τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον	1	For if by the trespass of one the many died	Here, **one** refers to Adam. Alternate translation: “For if by the sin of Adam alone, many died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	15	p83v	figs-explicit	πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν	1	how much more did the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ, abound for the many	Here, **grace** refers to God’s free gift that he made available to everyone through Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “even more through the man Jesus Christ, who died for us all, did God kindly offer us this gift of everlasting life, although we do not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	16	pe38	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα	1	For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin	Here, **the gift** refers to God’s freely erasing the record of our sins. Alternate translation: “And the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	16	ci72	figs-explicit	τὸ μὲν γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα	1	The judgment followed one trespass and brought condemnation, but the gift … justification	Here Paul gives two reasons why “the gift is not like the result of Adam’s sin.” The “judgment of condemnation” implies that we all deserve God’s punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: “Because on the one hand, God declared that all people deserve to be punished because of the sin of one man, but on the other hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	16	m63g	figs-explicit	τὸ…χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα	3	the gift followed many trespasses and brought justification	This refers to how God makes us right with him even when we do not deserve it. Alternate translation: “God’s kind gift to put us right with himself despite our many sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	16	uh4x		ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων	1	followed many trespasses	“after the sins of many”
-ROM	5	17	f94r		τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1	trespass of the one	This refers to the sin of Adam.
-ROM	5	17	kz6z	figs-personification	ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν	1	death ruled	Here Paul speaks of **death** as a king who **ruled**. The “rule” of death causes everyone to die. Alternate translation: “everyone died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	5	18	wr2r		ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος	1	by one trespass	“as through the one sin committed by Adam”
-ROM	5	18	ta2j	figs-explicit	εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα	1	condemnation came to all people	Here, **condemnation** refers to God’s punishment. Alternate translation: “all people deserve God’s punishment for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	18	wgh4		δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος	1	one act of righteousness	the sacrifice of Jesus Christ
-ROM	5	18	ifk1	figs-explicit	εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς	1	justification and life for all people	Here, **justification** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “God offered to make all people right with him so they would live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	19	j5yh		τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1	one man’s disobedience	the disobedience of Adam
-ROM	5	19	q8lj	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί	1	the many were made sinners	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “many people sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	5	19	aa3e		τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς	1	the obedience of the one	the obedience of Jesus
-ROM	5	19	w571	figs-activepassive	δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί	1	will the many be made righteous	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will make many people right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	5	20	w958	figs-personification	νόμος…παρεισῆλθεν	1	the law came in	Here Paul speaks of **the law** as if it were a person entering a room. Alternate translation: “God gave his law to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	5	20	c59u		ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία	1	sin abounded	“sin increased”
-ROM	5	20	x7ny	figs-explicit	ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις	1	grace abounded even more	Here, **grace** refers to God’s undeserved blessings. Alternate translation: “God continued to act even more kindly toward them, in a way that they did not deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	21	wmy8	figs-personification	ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ	1	as sin ruled in death	Here Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were a king that **ruled**. Alternate translation: “as sin resulted in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	5	21	w4ut	figs-personification	οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	even so grace might rule through righteousness for everlasting life through Jesus Christ our Lord	Paul speaks of **grace** here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “grace gave people everlasting life through the righteousness of Jesus Christ our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	5	21	m5by	figs-personification	οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης	1	so grace might rule through righteousness	Paul speaks of **grace** here as if it were a king that ruled. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people in righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	5	21	yqtf	figs-explicit	οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης	1		The word **righteousness** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “so God might give his free gift to people to make them right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	5	21	ew1b	figs-exclusive	τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	our Lord	With the pronoun **our**, Paul includes himself, his readers, and all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	5	1	xmp3	grammar-connect-logic-result		1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been made right with God by trusting in him” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since God makes us right with himself by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	5	1	age4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δικαιωθέντες οὖν	1	Since we are justified	Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:1-5](../05/01.md) is a new section that describes the results of being made right with God. Alternate translation (remove comma): “As a result of having been made right” or “So then, if we have been made right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	1	xott	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous when we trust him” or “since God justifies us through trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	5	1	wbwx	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	1	p11y	figs-possession	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through our Lord Jesus Christ	This phrase gives us information about how the believer can **have peace with God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus Christ allows us to have peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])\n
+ROM	5	1	hi12	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we can live safely” or “let us live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	1	o2yr	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can or must live peacefully with God. If your readers would not understand what **have peace** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “let us try to live peacefully” or “we must live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	1	kjpb	figs-imperative	ἔχωμεν	1		The phrase **let us have peace** communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “we must have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])\n
+ROM	5	2	slyh	figs-abstractnouns		1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the access** or **faith**, **grace**, or **hope**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access how gracious God is … boastful, hopeful to experience God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	5	1	s6xd	figs-exclusive	ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν	1	we … our	The pronouns **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all **those who believe** in Jesus (See [4:24–25](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n
+ROM	5	1	xaeg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])\n
+ROM	5	2	du8b	figs-distinguish	δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην	1	Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand	This phrase gives us further information about how Jesus helps the believer. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	5	2	tsbo	writing-pronouns	 οὗ	1		The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
+ROM	5	2	i50u	figs-exclusive	καὶ…ἐσχήκαμεν…ἑστήκαμεν…καυχώμεθα	1		Unless otherwise noted, the pronoun **we** and its other forms (“us” or “our”) refer inclusively to all believers in Christ in chapter 5. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	5	2	af0n	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **grace** as if it were a location that someone could access and where someone could stand. He means that by trusting in Jesus it allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If your readers would not understand what **grace in which we stand** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	2	fsqg	figs-litany	καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses a repetitive series of phrases in [5:2–4](..05/02.md) to show how powerful **hope** is. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the ways Christians can “boast in the hope of the glory of God**. Paul goes on to say in [5:5](../05/05.md) that “hope does not disappoint.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that express reasons to **hope**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
+ROM	5	2	dxcu	figs-metaphor	καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1		Here, **hope** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person about whom someone could **boast**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we assuredly boast” or “let us hopefully rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	2	zp5p	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using possessive forms to describe how **glory** relates **God**. Use a natural way in your language to express these ideas. Here, **of the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live (See [3:23](../03/23.md)). Alternate translation: “of sharing again in the glory God gave us” or “experiencing the glory that comes from God” (2) glorifying God (See also [5:11](../05/11.md) for **glory** and **boast**)). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” or “of God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	3	q5p7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμεθα	1	Not only this	What follows the words **And not only this, but also** here is in contrast to what would be an expected response to **sufferings**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Not only can we boast in the hope of the glory of God, but we can even boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	5	3	xho9	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν, εἰδότες ὅτι ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because we also know that suffering brings about endurance, we boast in our sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	5	3	c644	figs-personification	καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν	1		Here, **sufferings** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person about whom someone could **boast** (See [5:2](..05/02.md)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we can also boast when we suffer” or “let us rejoice even if we are distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	3	c0rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν…ἡ θλῖψις…ὑπομονὴν 	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **suffering** and **endurance**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “when we suffer … when we suffer … a way to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	4	w7c2	figs-ellipsis		1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and endurance produces character, and character produces hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	5	3	lo57	figs-metaphor	ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **endurance** as if it were an object that could be produced. He means that when a Christian trusts in God while **suffering**, he develops within them the character quality of **endurance**. If your readers would not understand what **brings about endurance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “when we suffer God uses it to teach us how to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	4	dt8w	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ …ὑπομονὴ…ἐλπίδα	1		See how you translated **endurance** in [5:3](../05/03.md) and **hope** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	4	gjvh	figs-abstractnouns	δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **character**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “makes us approved by God, and when God approves us it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	5	u4xh	grammar-connect-logic-result		1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And because the love of God has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to us–hope does not disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	5	5	rctz	figs-explicit	ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς	1		The implication is that **hope** here refers to **the hope of the glory of God** in [5:2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+ROM	5	5	zp3q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **And** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s litany about **hope**. Alternate translation: “So” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n
+ROM	5	5	pp1n	figs-personification	ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει	1	that hope does not disappoint	Here, **hope** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **disappoint**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “being confident that we will once again live in the glorious way God intended, we are not disappointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	5	qka8	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1	because the love of God has been poured into our hearts	Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were a something that could be **poured** out of a pitcher, and **our hearts** as though they were containers that could be filled. He means that the Holy Spirit has completely revealed to God’s people how much God loves them. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “because the Holy Spirit, who God has given us, has deeply revealed how much God loves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	5	dc95	figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul says that “the Holy Spirit” did it. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who God gave us, poured out God’s love deep within us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	5	5	oufg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in Christ. Here it the **Holy Spirit** who pours out **the love of God** in the believer’s **heart** (See [Acts 2:17, 18, 33; 10:45; Titus 3:6] where both the Father and Jesus are agents in the giving or pouring out of **the Holy Spirit**)). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+ROM	5	5	clmb	figs-possession	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **love** relates to **God**. Use a natural way to express this relationship. Here, **the love of God** could refer to: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “God’s love” or “God’s love for us” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “love for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	5	glt1	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1		Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their inner beings” or “out deep within them”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	5	6	gj4r	figs-parallelism		1		These two phrases **being weak** and **the ungodly** mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why **Christ** needed to die. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Indeed, while we were still weak and ungodly, at just the right time Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	5	6	x5eg	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	we	Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [5:6–8](../05/06.md) explains “the love of God” in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	6	xqr3	figs-ellipsis	ἔτι …ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	5	6	lhy1	figs-idiom	κατὰ καιρὸν	1		Here, the term **at the right time** is an Old Testament idiom meaning “in its proper season.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at God’s chosen time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	5	6	xl85	figs-distinguish	ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		Here, **Christ died for the ungodly** gives us further information about what “the love of God” means in [5:5](../05/05.md). Paul means that God shows how much he loves his people by sending **Christ* to sacrificially die for their sake (See “blood” in [5:9](../05/09.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “died for the sake of godless ones” or “died on behalf of ungodly people” or “died in the place of those who are ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	5	6	wc38	figs-nominaladj	ἀσεβῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective **ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people, in this case, **we**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “ungodly people” or “those who are godless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	5	7	o92c	figs-parallelism		0		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how undeserving it is that Christ would die for “the ungodly” (See [5:6](..05/06.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “It would certainly be rare for anyone to die on behalf of a righteous or good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	5	7	xv5w	figs-aside		0	For one will hardly die for a righteous man	Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to express how amazing it is that Christ would die for “the ungodly” (See [5:6](..05/06.md)). If this would be confusing in your language, you can place this verse in parentheses or use some other way that is natural in your language for indicating an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
+ROM	5	7	h089	figs-hypo	μόλις γὰρ…τις ἀποθανεῖται…γὰρ …τάχα	1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize how rare it is for someone dying on behalf of another. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let us consider how rare it would be for someone to die … let us suppose that just maybe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+ROM	5	7	x036	writing-pronouns	τις…τις	1		The pronoun **someone** refers to a hypothetical person that might **die** for someone else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person … a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	5	7	mqyq	writing-pronouns	καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of dying as if it were a dare or challenge to overcome. He means that **someone** would be brave enough to give their life for the sake of someone else. If your readers would not understand what **dare to die** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “might even be willing to die” or “would even be brave enough to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	8	ednw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that **Christ** would die for godly people. Instead, Christ died for **sinners**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	5	8	qh0h	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοῦ	1		Paul uses the word **his own** to emphasize how much **God** loves his people. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “his very own” or “his personal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+ROM	5	8	vh6y	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	5	8	fel5	figs-infostructure	ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “by the fact that Christ died for us, even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+ROM	5	8	c8vd	figs-distinguish	ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν	1		This phrase gives us further information about how much love God has for his people. Paul is pointing out how undeserving God’s people are of **his own love**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “in this way: even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	5	8	oz1w	figs-ellipsis	ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete (See also [5:6](../05/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	5	8	w7hy	figs-nominaladj	ἁμαρτωλῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective **sinners** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who lived sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	5	9	vnxd	grammar-connect-logic-result		1		Here, **then** introduces a result clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “As a result, how much more now will we be saved from the wrath, since we have been made righteous by his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	5	9	tewt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον	1		Here, **Much more then** strongly emphasizes that what follows is another important result of **having been made right** with God. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “It is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	9	x9yi	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες…σωθησόμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. If you must state who did the actions, Paul implies that “God” did them. Alternate translation: “God has made us right with himself … God will save us” or “God has justified … God will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	5	9	nvs3	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1	blood	Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death (See the same phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the basis of his sacrificial death” or “by his death” or “in his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	5	9	kmky	figs-possession	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how people are **saved**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **through him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” or (2) Jesus’ blood. Alternate translation: “through it” (3) both Jesus and his blood. Alternate translation: “through his blood” or “through Jesus’ blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	9	wsda	figs-personification	ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς	1		Here, **wrath** is spoken of figuratively as though it were person from whom someone needs to be saved or rescued. Paul means that believers in Christ are saved from experiencing God’s wrath or being punished by God. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from experiencing God’s wrath” or “from being punished by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	9	bev3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὀργῆς	1	his wrath	Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **wrath**. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract phrase **the wrath** in another way. Here, **the wrath** refers to “the day of wrath” (See note at [2:05](../02/05.md) for **the day of wrath**)). Alternate translation: “the Final Judgment” or “the Final Punishment” or “from when God finally judges sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	10	wply	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here what follows **For** in [5:10–11](../05/10.md) further explains and summarizes this section about having “peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ” (See [5:1](..05/01.md)). Alternate translation: “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	10	mz06	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Pau; is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Actually, since when we were enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+ROM	5	10	ok87	figs-nominaladj	ἐχθροὶ ὄντες	1		Paul is using the adjective **enemies** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “while being people who were God’s enemies” or “while we were hostile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	5	10	rnc5	figs-activepassive	κατηλλάγημεν  τῷ Θεῷ…καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα	1	we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. If you must state who did these actions, Paul implies that “God” did them. Alternate translation: “God reconciled us to himself … since God reconciled us, he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	5	10	cu3c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	Here, **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to accurately translate this title in your translation. Alternate translation: “of God’s Son” or “Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+ROM	5	10	o1m6	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes that what follows is an important result of **having been reconciled** with **God** (See this phrase in [5:9](../05/09.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “it is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	10	fky8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ…ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **death** and **life** are spoken of figuratively as though they were people who could reconcile and save someone. Paul means that God shows how much he loves his people by sending **his Son* to sacrificially die for their sake, and that God will save them from eternal death and punishment (See note for “the wrath” in [5:9](../05/09.md) because Jesus conquered death by resurrecting after he died. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because Jesus sacrificially died for our sake … will God save us from eternal death because Jesus conquered death by resurrecting after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	11	a0vk	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ	1		What follows the words **And not only this, but also** emphasizes that it is not only what God has done for his people in Christ that is important (See the same phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md)), but that **we also boast in God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Not only will we be saved by his life, but we should also continue to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	5	11	zp36	figs-metaphor	καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were boasting inside of God. Paul means that these believers in Christ **boast** about how great God is. If your readers would not understand what **boast in God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we also boast about how great God is” or “boast because of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	11	x3wh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+ROM	5	11	r0zj	figs-distinguish	δι’ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν	1		This clause summarizes how Jesus saves the believer (See [5:1–2](../05/01.md) for similar wording)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer by starting a new sentence or some other way. Alternate translation (replace previous comma with a period): “It is through the death of Lord Jesus Christ on our behalf that we become reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	5	11	xjes	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reconciliation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we have now become reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	12	k1xa	figs-parallelism		0		This verse communicates similar ideas. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the widespread effects of **sin** and **death*. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason, one man caused sin and then death to enter the world; and death and then sin spread throughout the human race” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	5	12	hjx4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:12–21](../05/12.md) is Paul’s explanation of the relationship between human **sin** and God’s grace. Alternate translation: “For this reason” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	12	wf9f	figs-personification	ὥσπερ δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν	1	through one man sin entered … death entered through sin	Here, **sin** and **death** are spoken of figuratively as though they were persons who could travel to different places. Paul means that the way God intended for **the world** and human beings to function became thoroughly corrupted by **sin** and **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because one man sinned, he would die. All human beings born after that one man would die too because of the effects of his sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	12	pa8s	figs-explicit	δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		The implication is that the **one man** is Adam, the first human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, since “Adam” is not mentioned until [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “through the one man Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	5	12	a7ml	writing-symlanguage	δι’ ἑνὸς	1		The number **one** is a symbol of unity. Paul uses this possessive form **through one** twelve times in [5:12-19](../05/12.md) to emphasize the unity of Jesus with humanity. Be sure to retain this important phrase throughout your translation of this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])\n
+ROM	5	12	smc2	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἁμαρτία…τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος…ὁ θάνατος	1		Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **sin** and **death**. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract phrases **the sin** and **the death** in another way. Here, **the sin** and **the death** mean “death ruled” and “sin ruled” (See [5:14,21](..05/14/.md)). Alternate translation: “the power of sin … the power of sin, the power of death … the power of death” or “the dominion of sin … the dominion of sin, the dominion of death … the dominion of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	12	uxcs	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the death entered the world through the sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	5	12	l7wr	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὕτως	1		Here, **so** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “so then also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	5	12	xhbv	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” or “humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+ROM	5	12	jy25	writing-pronouns	ἐφ’ ᾧ	1		The phrase translated **concerning which** is a singular. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly (See also the introductory notes at the beginning of this chapter). The pronoun **which** could refer to: (1) **death**. Alternate translation: “because of this death” or “concerning this death” (2) the effect of **sin** and **death**. Alternate translation: “because of the dominion of sin and death” or “concerning the dominion of sin and death” (3) **the one man**. Alternate translation: “because of the one man” or “concerning the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	5	12	si2i	writing-pronouns	πάντες	1		Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all men” or “all humanity” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	5	13	pkzc	figs-aside		0		In [5:13–17](../05/13.md), Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to explain the relationship between **law** and **sin** and **death**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use parentheses or some other way in your language to indicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
+ROM	5	13	e6bx	figs-ellipsis	ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου…μὴ ὄντος νόμου	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For until the law came … when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	5	13	at4i	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why death caused **sin** until “the law came in so that the trespass might increase” (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	5	13	w185	figs-possession	ἄχρι…νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how the time period **until** relates to **law**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **until** could refer to: (1) the time until **law** was given. Alternate translation: “For up to the time God gave his law to the Jews … since God’s law did not exist” (2) the whole time the law was in effect until Christ came. Alternate translation: “until the end of the law … when the law was no longer in effect”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	13	v51t	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτία…ἁμαρτία	1		See how you translated **sin** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	13	uyd4	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ, ἁμαρτία δὲ	1		Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person located in the world and who could be charged with sinning. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “there were still people in the world who sinned, but their sinful way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
+ROM	5	13	izno	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that God would count sin against people. Instead, **sin** has no legal consequences until **the law** is given. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	5	13	juq7	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτία…οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται	2	but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not reckon it as sinning” or “God did not impute it as sin”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	5	14	ev8a	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Nevertheless, death	What follows the word **Nevertheless** here is in contrast to what was expected, that since there was no law, there would be no consequences for doing what is wrong. Instead, Paul restates that **death** is the problem for humanity, not breaking the law God gave to his people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Although this is true” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	5	14	bd3q	figs-personification	ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος	1	death ruled from Adam until Moses	Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king. Paul means that every person was under the control of **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all humans came under the control of death” or “no human could escape dying” or “human life inevitably ended in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	14	u66m	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ θάνατος	1		See how you translated **death** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	14	pdrh	figs-merism	ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως	1		Paul speaks figuratively, using these two people to represent the period of time between **Adam** and **Moses**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam sinned until the time when God gave Moses his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])\n
+ROM	5	14	w24g	figs-distinguish	καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		This phrase gives us further information about over whom **death ruled**. It is not making a distinction between those who lived during the time of **Adam** and **Moses**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “even over the people who did not disobey in the same way as Adam did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+ROM	5	14	skns	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **likeness**, **transgression**, and **pattern**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Adam transgressed, who typifies the coming one” or “exactly how Adam transgressed, who patterns he who will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	14	k2w7	figs-possession	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the likeness** relates to the **transgression**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Adam’s” instead of the noun “Adam,” or you could use a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “like Adam’s transgression" or “in the same way Adam transgressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	14	e4ze	figs-metaphor	Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Adam** as if he were a model or shape or drawing. Paul means that **Adam** represents humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a pattern** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Adam, who is a replica of he who is coming” or “Adam, who models the coming one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	14	mu4s	figs-possession	τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **pattern** relates to **the one who is coming**. Paul means that Adam represents the ideal human being, Jesus, who will come in the future (See [5:15](../05/15.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “representing Jesus who would come in the future” or “prefiguring Jesus who was destined to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	15	xodg	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		Here, what follows **But** contrasts **the trespass** with **the gift**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	5	15	x37x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ παράπτωμα…τὸ χάρισμα…τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι… ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespass**, **gracious gift**, **grace**, and **gift** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “since Adam rebelled … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	5	15	aobk	figs-ellipsis	οὕτως καὶ	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so also is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	5	15	sful	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gracious gift**. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	15	yxej	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gracious gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+ROM	5	15	kdhb	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the trespass** that comes from **one** man. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “one man’s” instead of the adjective “one” or a verb form. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	15	mm6y	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		Paul is using the adjective **one** as a noun in order to refer to Adam (See [5:14](../05/14.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could make these references explicit. Alternate translation: “Adam, the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	5	15	e9me	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς	1		Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many people … many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
+ROM	5	15	h6c3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes the difference between the results of **the trespass** of Adam and the **grace of God** that comes through **Jesus Christ** (See how you translated this phrase in [5:10](../05/10.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “even more certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	15	ejxz	figs-possession	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God,” or another way. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	15	wn36	figs-possession	τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the grace** relates to **the one man** Jesus Christ. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from the one man” or “associated with the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	15	fuyz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Θεοῦ…Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers **by the grace of God** and **Jesus Christ**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+ROM	5	15	lydx	figs-possession	τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **grace** relates to **the one man, Jesus Christ**. Use a natural way to express this idea. Here, **grace** could refer to: (1) grace through Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes through the one man, Jesus Christ” (2) grace from Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes from the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	15	tfhj	figs-infostructure	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “abounded unto the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
+ROM	5	16	ns9a	grammar-connect-logic-result		1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n\n
+ROM	5	16	uh4x	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	followed many trespasses	What follows the word **And** here contrasts the way **the gift** and **the judgment** happened. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Yet” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])\n
+ROM	5	17	n5zx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gift** (See [5:15](../05/15.md) for similar ideas)). Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) \n
+ROM	5	17	mhtc	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ 	1		\nPaul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+ROM	5	17	lcyd	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	17	whbf	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ ἑνὸς…τοῦ ἑνός…τοῦ ἑνὸς	2		See how you translated these nominal adjectives in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	5	17	yvq5	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, ὁ θάνατος…τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης…ἐν ζωῇ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because one man trespassed, the fact that people die … how excessively kind God is and how he gives people a right relationship with him … by living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	17	kz6z	figs-personification	ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν	1	death ruled	See how you translated this phrase in [5:14](../05/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	17	lf7t	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15/.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	17	hfvt	figs-infostructure	ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν, διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “because of the one man Jesus Christ will … reign in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+ROM	5	17	xy6h	figs-metaphor	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were kings in a location called **life**. He means that they **will rule** with **Jesus Christ** and live eternally. If your readers would not understand what **rule in life** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness rule and live eternally” or “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness live as kings forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	17	nr25	figs-distinguish	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		This clause gives describes the people who will **rule in life**. It is not making a distinction between **those who receive** and those who **rule**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])\n
+ROM	5	17	o8c3	figs-possession	οἱ…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **righteousness** is a **gift**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “those who receive the gift of being made righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	17	fodc	figs-possession	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος… λαμβάνοντες	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **abundance** that comes from **grace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “abundant” instead of the noun “abundance” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who receive God’s abundant grace” or “those who experience how abundantly gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	18	e7cq	figs-ellipsis		1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “So then, just as one man trespassed and this caused all men to become condemned, so also one man acted righteous and this caused all men to become justified for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	5	18	mccf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1		Here, **So then** indicates that what follows in [5:18–21](../05/18.md) summarizes the ideas of [5:12–17](../05/12.md). Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Finally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	18	z0jq	figs-abstractnouns	παραπτώματος…κατάκριμα…δικαιώματος…δικαίωσιν	1		See how you translated these abstracts nouns in [4:25; 5:16](../04/25.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	18	n8pr	figs-gendernotations	πάντας ἀνθρώπους…πάντας ἀνθρώπους	2		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how your translated this word in [5:12](../05/12.md). Alternate translation: “all humanity … all humanity” or “all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+ROM	5	18	bcm2	figs-possession	δικαίωσιν ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **justification** relates to **life**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “justification that brings eternal life” or “eternal justification” or “justification which is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	5	18	bmey	ζωῆς	figs-explicit	1		Here the implication is that **life** refers to “eternal life” (See “rule in life” in [5:17](../05/17.md) and [2:7](../02/07.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	5	16	jlvs	figs-ellipsis	οὐχ	1		A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	5	19	zp4r	figs-parallelism		0		These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between Adam and Christ. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	5	19	hj69	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥσπερ γὰρ	1		Here, **For just as** links what follows by using wording that is similar to the beginning of [5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way, as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	19	z8r8	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **disobedience** and **obedience**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because the one man Adam disobeyed … because the one man Jesus obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	19	qpsm	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		The implication is that **one man** refers to “Adam” and **the one** refers to “Jesus Christ” (See [5:14–15](../05/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the one man Adam … the one man Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	5	19	q8lj	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί…δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί	1	the many were made sinners	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” appointed this to happen. Alternate translation: “God appointed the many people as sinful … God will appoint the many people as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	5	19	huig	figs-nominaladj	ἁμαρτωλοὶ …οἱ πολλοί…δίκαιοι …οἱ πολλοί	1		Paul is using the adjectives **many**, **sinners**, and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe groups of people (See how you translated **many** in [5:15](../05/15.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many…sinful people…many…righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	5	20	zsxd	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **Now** indicates that what follows in [5:20–21](..05/20.md) links how **sin** and **grace** relate. Alternate translation: “Not only that, but when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	5	20	ttcw	figs-abstractnouns	νόμος…τὸ παράπτωμα…ἡ ἁμαρτία… ἡ χάρις	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **law** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), **trespass** in [5:15–18](../05/15.md), **sin** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), and **grace** in [5:15;17](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	20	w958	figs-personification	παρεισῆλθεν	1	the law came in	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **came in** can mean to sneak in unnoticed (See Galatians 2:4; Jude 1:4](gal/02/04.md), Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	20	relk	figs-metaphor	πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the trespass*, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were crops. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If your readers would not understand what ** increase** or **abounded** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how people trespass God’s commands would become more evident … people living sinfully became more evident, how gracious God is became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
+ROM	5	20	wbh3		ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα	1		Use a natural way in your language for expressing the ideas of result or purpose. This clause could refer to: (1) the result of God’s purpose of giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “causing how much people trespass what God commands to increase” (2) God’s purpose in giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “in order to expose how much people trespass what God commands” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of his giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “to cause an increase in how much people trespass”
+ROM	5	20	k6da	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2		What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that the God’s **grace** actually became more evident when **sin increased**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	5	20	godn	figs-metaphor	οὗ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **grace** as if they were located somewhere. Here, **where** indicates the influence or power of **sin** and **grace**. If your readers would not understand what **where** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whatever ways” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	21	ycy7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “so then” or “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	5	21	wmy8	figs-personification	ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	as sin ruled in death	Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king of a place called **death**. Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a prince ruling on behalf of a king called **grace**. Paul means that **sin** causes everyone to die, and God’s **grace** allows people to become righteous, so they can live eternally. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as living sinfully causes death, the same is true for how gracious God is, that by making people right with himself they can live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	5	21	leu9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **sin** in [5:20](../05/20.md), **death** and **righteousness** in [5:17](../05/17.md), **grace** in [5:20](../05/20.md), and **everlasting life** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	5	21	pygl	grammar-connect-logic-goal	οὕτως 	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God revealed his **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” or “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+ROM	5	21	j9lf	figs-parallelism	διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that the **righteousness** of **Jesus Christ** is how **grace** rules (See also [5:17](../05/17.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “leading to everlasting life through how Jesus Christ our Lord makes people righteous” or “bringing eternal life by how righteous Jesus Christ our Lord is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 ROM	6	intro	v522			0		# Romans 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Against the Law<br><br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Servants of sin<br><br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fruit<br><br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Death<br><br>Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
-ROM	6	1	x13n			0	Connecting Statement:	Under grace, Paul tells those who believe in Jesus to live a new life as though dead to sin and alive to God.
-ROM	6	1	pvg3	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ?	1	What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound?	Paul asks these rhetorical questions to get the attention of his readers. Alternate translation: “So, what should we say about all of this? We certainly should not keep on sinning so that God will give us more and more grace!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	6	1	fj9e	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν	1	we say	The pronoun **we** refers to Paul, his readers, and other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-ROM	6	2	be39	figs-rquestion	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ	1	We who died to sin, how can we still live in it?	Paul uses this rhetorical question to add emphasis. You can translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “We who died to sin should certainly not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	6	2	rgte	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ?	1		Here, **died to sin** means that those who follow Jesus are now like dead people who cannot be affected by sin. Alternate translation: “We are now like dead people on whom sin has no effect! So we certainly should not keep on sinning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	3	x4xs	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ὅτι ὅσοι ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν?	1	Do you not know that as many as were baptized into Christ Jesus were baptized into his death?	Paul uses this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Remember, when someone baptized us to show that we have a relationship with Christ, this also shows that we died with Christ on the cross!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	6	4	f4va	figs-metaphor	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1	We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death	Here Paul speaks of a believer’s **baptism** in water as if it were a **death** and burial. Alternate translation: “When someone baptized us, it is just like that person buried us with Christ in the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	4	z6zk	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		This compares a believer’s new spiritual life to Jesus coming back to life physically. The believer’s new spiritual life enables that person to obey God. Alternate translation: “just as Jesus was brought back to life after he died, we might have new spiritual life and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-ROM	6	4	t47r	figs-idiom	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	To be **raised from the dead** is an idiom for causing a person to live again. Alternate translation: “just as Jesus was raised back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	6	4	dpy2	figs-activepassive	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “just as the Father brought Jesus back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	4	ps5d		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	This means he was brought back from among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
-ROM	6	5	wnd4	figs-metaphor	σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul compares our union with Christ to death. Those who are joined with Christ in death will share in his resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	5	shm0	figs-activepassive	σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “died with him in the likeness of his death, we will also certainly be united with his resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	6	f13e	figs-metaphor	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1	our old man was crucified with him	The **old man** is a metaphor that refers to the person before he believes in Jesus. Paul describes our old sinful person as dying on the cross with Jesus when we believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our sinful person was crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	6	fhvh	figs-activepassive	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “our sinful person died on the cross with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	6	l6pd	figs-metonymy	τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	the body of sin	This is a metonym that refers to the whole sinful person. Alternate translation: “our sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	6	6	syc4	figs-activepassive	καταργηθῇ	1	might be destroyed	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “might die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	6	ft8v	figs-activepassive	μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	we should no longer be enslaved to sin	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “sin should no longer enslave us” or “we should no longer be slaves to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	6	hq35	figs-metaphor	μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	we should no longer be enslaved to sin	Being **enslaved to sin** is a metaphor meaning having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “we should no longer be controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	7	g3pf	figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας.	1	He who has died is declared righteous with respect to sin	Here, **righteous** refers to God’s ability to make people right with him. Alternate translation: “Because if a person has died to sin, that person is considered to be right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	6	7	hoqm	figs-activepassive	ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν, δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When a person has died to sin, God declares a person right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	8	muv7	figs-explicit	ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ	1	we have died with Christ	Here, **died** refers to the fact that believers are no longer controlled by sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	6	9	zkq2	figs-idiom	εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “for we know that Christ, who has been brought back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-ROM	6	9	gjqq	figs-activepassive	εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “We know since God brought Christ back to life after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	9	kl3e		ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	from the dead	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld. To be raised from among them is to become alive again.
-ROM	6	9	wem1	figs-personification	θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	death no longer has authority over him	Here, **death** is described as a king or ruler that has power over people. Alternate translation: “he can never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	6	10	s2xy	figs-explicit	ὃ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	The phrase **once for all** means to finish something completely. You can make this full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For when he died he broke the power of sin completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	6	11	cac8		οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, λογίζεσθε	1	In the same way, you also must consider	“For this reason, consider”
-ROM	6	11	jja7		λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι	1	consider yourselves	“think of yourselves as being” or “see yourselves as being”
-ROM	6	11	dw6l	figs-metaphor	νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	dead to sin	Just as one cannot force a corpse to do anything, **sin** has no power to force believers to dishonor God. Alternate translation: “as if you were dead to the power of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	11	q4ky		νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	dead to sin, but alive to God	“dead to the power of sin, but living to honor God”
-ROM	6	11	vtl1		ζῶντας…τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	alive to God in Christ Jesus	“living to honor God through the power Christ Jesus gives you”
-ROM	6	12	dng2			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds us that grace rules over us, not the law; we are not sin’s slaves, but God’s slaves.
-ROM	6	12	s6h1	figs-personification	μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	Paul speaks of people sinning as if sin was their master or king that controlled them. Alternate translation: “do not let sinful desires control you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	6	12	cm8d	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι	1	in your mortal body	This phrase refers to the physical part of a person, which will die. Alternate translation: “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM	6	12	r462	figs-personification	εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul speaks of a person having evil desires as if it sin were a master that had evil desires. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	6	13	rh3z	figs-synecdoche	μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	Do not present the parts of your body to sin, to be tools used for unrighteousness	The picture is of the sinner offering the **members** of his body to his master or king. One’s **members** are a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “Do not offer yourselves to sin so that you do what is not right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM	6	13	r4wz	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας	1	But present yourselves to God, as those who have been brought from death to life	Here, **as living** refers to the believer’s new spiritual life. Alternate translation: “But offer yourselves to God, because he has given you new spiritual life” or “But offer yourselves to God, as those who had died and are now alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	6	13	pgw5	figs-synecdoche	καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1	the parts of your body to God as tools to be used for righteousness	Here, **members** is a synecdoche that refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “let God use you for what is pleasing to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM	6	14	gez3	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει,	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul speaks of **sin** here as if it were a king who rules over people. Alternate translation: “do not let sinful desires control what you do” or “do not allow yourselves to do the sinful things you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	6	14	iev9	figs-explicit	οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον	1	For you are not under law	To be **under law** means to be subject to its limitations and weaknesses. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “For you are no longer bound to the law of Moses, which could not give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	6	14	fl3e	figs-explicit	ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν	1	but under grace	To be **under grace** means that God’s free gift provides the power to keep from sinning. You can make the full meaning explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “but you are bound to God’s grace, which does give you the power to stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	6	15	zxb8	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is using two questions to emphasize that living under grace is not a reason to sin. Alternate translation: “However, just because we are bound to grace instead of the law of Moses certainly does not mean we are allowed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	6	15	c77g		μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	“We would never want that to happen!” or “May God help me not to do that!” This expression shows an extremely strong desire that this does not take place. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated it in [Romans 3:31](../03/31.md).
-ROM	6	16	jl1w	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε— ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην?	1	Do you not know that the one to whom you present yourselves as slaves is the one to which you are obedient, the one you must obey?	Paul uses a question to scold anyone who may think God’s grace is a reason to keep sinning. You can translate this as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “You should know that you are slaves to the master you choose to obey—whether of sin unto death, or of obedience unto righteousness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	6	16	q2i4	figs-personification	ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας…ἢ ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Here, Paul speaks of **sin** and **obedience** as if they were masters that a slave would obey. Alternate translation: “whether you are like slaves to sin … or like slaves to obedience” or “You are either a slave to sin … or you are a slave to obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-ROM	6	16	w9wf		εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	which leads to death … which leads to righteousness	“which results in death … which results in righteousness”
-ROM	6	17	dz5x		χάρις δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But thanks be to God!	“But I thank God!”
-ROM	6	17	yxt7	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For you were slaves of sin	To be **slaves of sin** is a metaphor for having such a strong desire to sin that one is unable to stop himself from sinning. It is as if sin controls the person. Alternate translation: “For you were like slaves of sin” or “For you were controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	17	my2z	figs-metonymy	ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας	1	but you have obeyed from the heart	Here the word **heart** refers to having sincere or honest motives for doing something. Alternate translation: “but you truly obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	6	17	pz14	figs-activepassive	εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	the pattern of teaching that you were given	Here, **pattern** refers to the way of living that leads to righteousness. The believers change their old way of living to match this new way of living that Christian leaders teach to them. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the teaching that Christian leaders gave you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	18	y2zg	figs-activepassive	ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	You have been made free from sin	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now that Christ has freed you from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	18	idu4		ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	You have been made free from sin	Here, **freed from sin** is a metaphor for no longer having a strong desire to sin and being able to stop oneself from sinning. Alternate translation: “Since your strong desire to sin has been taken away” or “Now that you have been made free from sin’s control over you”
-ROM	6	18	g42l	figs-metaphor	ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you have been made slaves of righteousness	Being **enslaved to righteousness** is a metaphor meaning having a strong desire to do what is right. It is as if righteousness controls the person. Alternate translation: “you have been made like slaves of righteousness” or “you are now controlled by righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	18	fx5r		ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you have been made slaves of righteousness	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Christ has made you slaves of righteousness” or “Christ has changed you so that now you are controlled by righteousness”
-ROM	6	19	l4cl		ἀνθρώπινον λέγω	1	I speak like a man	Paul may have expected his readers to wonder why he was speaking of slavery and freedom. Here he is saying that he is using these ideas from their everyday experience to help them understand that people are controlled either by sin or by righteousness. Alternate translation: “I am speaking about this in human terms” or “I am using examples from everyday life”
-ROM	6	19	l4ah	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Often Paul uses the word **flesh** as the opposite of “spirit.” Alternate translation: “because you do not fully understand spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-ROM	6	19	ran5	figs-synecdoche	παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	Here, **members** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offered yourselves as slaves to everything that is evil and not pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM	6	19	wzt1	figs-synecdoche	παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	present the parts of your body as slaves to righteousness for sanctification	Here, **members** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “offer yourselves as slaves to what is right before God so that he might set you apart and give you the power to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-ROM	6	20	i1ze	figs-metaphor	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, **free from righteousness** is a metaphor for not having to do what is righteous. Alternate translation: “it was as though you were free from righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	20	mu0y	figs-irony	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1		The people were living as though they thought that they did not have to do what was right. Alternate translation: “you behaved as though you did not have to do what was right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-ROM	6	21	kjl5	figs-rquestion	τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Here, **fruit** here is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Paul is using a question to emphasize that sinning results in nothing good. Alternate translation: “So nothing good came from those things that now cause you shame” or “So you gained nothing by doing those things that now cause you shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	6	22	z3ap	figs-activepassive	νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But now that you have become free from sin and have become God’s slaves” or “But now that God has freed you from sin and made you his slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-ROM	6	22	j25t	figs-metaphor	νυνὶ δέ, ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	But now that you have been made free from sin	Being **freed from sin** is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “But now that God has made you able not to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	22	u9dm	figs-metaphor	δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	and are enslaved to God	Being **enslaved to God** is a metaphor for being able to serve and obey God. Alternate translation: “but now that God has made you able to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	22	npf3	figs-metaphor	ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	you have your fruit for sanctification	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for “result” or “benefit.” Alternate translation: “the benefit is your sanctification” or “the benefit is that you live in a holy way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	6	22	a478		τὸ δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	The result is eternal life	“and the result of all of this is that you will live forever with God”
-ROM	6	23	ze3f		τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	The word **wages** refers to a payment given to someone for their work. Alternate translation: “For if you serve sin, you will receive spiritual death as payment” or “For if you continue sinning, God will punish you with spiritual death”
-ROM	6	23	pf3s		τὸ δὲ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν	1	but the gift of God is eternal life in Christ Jesus our Lord	“but God gives eternal life to those who belong to Christ Jesus our Lord”
+ROM	6	1	pvg3	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ?	1	What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound?	Paul is using rhetorical questions in [6:1–3](../06/01.md) to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that people should keep sinning so that God will be more gracious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM	6	1	fxgw	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τί οὖν	1		Here, **What then** marks a change in topic in [6:1–11](../06/01.md), where Paul teaches about the connection between Christian baptism and union with Christ’s death and resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 
+ROM	6	1	fj9e	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν	1	we say	When Paul says **we** the first time, he is speaking of himself and the other apostles, so **we** would be exclusive (See the similar language in [3:8](../03/08.md)). However, when Paul says **we** the second time, he seems to be including all “who were baptized into Christ Jesus” (See [6:3](../06/03.md), so the second use of **we** would be inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “will we apostles say? Should we believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	6	1	sa16	figs-metaphor	ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a location. He means that Christians should no longer **continue** to live sinfully. He also speaks figuratively of **grace** as though it were a crop (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). He speaks of the power or influence of **grace** expanding in the lives of Christians. If your readers would not understand what **in sin** or **increase** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Should we continue to live sinfully so that we can experience more of how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	1	ju6f	figs-quotations	ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ?	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an exclamatory direct quotation. Alternate translation (change preceding question mark to a comma): “‘Should we continue in sin so that grace may increase?!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+ROM	6	1	ngpt	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…ἡ χάρις	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **sin** and **grace** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	1	rsny	figs-declarative	ἐπιμένωμεν 	1		Paul could be using the question form, **Should we**, as an exclamation that communicates an appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for making an appeal. Alternate translation (change preceding question mark to a comma): “We must” or “Let us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+ROM	6	1	f5qt	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which someone would **sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+ROM	6	2	pa6g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
+ROM	6	2	rgte	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ?	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if were a location where Christians could live or die. He means that for baptized Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See [5:14,17,21](../05/14.md) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See [6:6](../06/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **to die to sin** or **live in it** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “We who are no longer dominated by sinning, how could we still live as though we are dominated by sinning” or “Since we are not dominated by sinning anymore, we certainly cannot still live sinfully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	2	gddr	figs-exclusive	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν	1		Unless otherwise noted, **we** and “our” are inclusive of all Christians in this chapter. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “We believers who in Christ died” or “We Christians who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	6	3	ok3v	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1		Here, **of the fact that** indicates that what follows is the rhetorical answer to the question of **are you ignorant**. Alternate translation: “of this reality:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n
+ROM	6	3	wh26	writing-pronouns	ὅσοι	1		The pronoun **as many as** refers to those people who **were baptized into Christ Jesus**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many people as” or “however many of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	6	3	bd11	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Christ Jesus** and **his death** as if they were locations where someone could **be baptized**. He means that people who are **baptized** as Christians are united to **Christ Jesus** and spiritually share in benefits of **his death**. If your readers would not understand what **baptized into** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “become baptized as a Christians are united to Christ Jesus and also as many as become baptized are united to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	3	jfs4	figs-parallelism	ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens when a Christian is **baptized**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “become baptized as Christians are spiritually united to Christ Jesus and spiritually participate in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	6	3	tcve	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον	1		See how you translated **death** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	6	4	ufp9	figs-parallelism	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1		This sentence means the same thing as [6:3](../06/03.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens in Christian **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	6	4	f4va	figs-metaphor	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1	We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death	Paul speaks figuratively of **baptism** as if it were a burial. He means that in the physical act of going under the water in **baptism**, the Christian ceases to be under the control of eternal **death** (See “died to sin” in [6:2](../06/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **buried** and **baptism into death** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “So then, being baptized represents being buried with Christ in his tomb” or “When we were baptized, we ceased to be controlled by eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	4	m43r	grammar-connect-logic-result	συνετάφημεν οὖν 	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, to emphasis what results from **baptism**. Alternate translation: “So then, we were buried” or “As a result, we were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 
+ROM	6	4	y71v	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον…ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός…ζωῆς	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **death** in [6:3](../06/03.md), **glory** in [5:2](../05/02.md), and **life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	4	k1el	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God instituted **baptism**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that we could walk in in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+ROM	6	4	qa7r	figs-parallelism	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the link between Christ’s resurrection and the Christian’s new way of **life** after **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would newly live like Christ did when Father gloriously raised him from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	6	4	z6zk	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised from the dead**, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when the Father gloriously raised Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n
+ROM	6	4	dpy2	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Father gloriously resurrected Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	6	4	t47r	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	Here, the phrase **raised from the dead** is an idiom meaning “resurrected from where dead people are” (See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ resurrected from death” or “Christ resurrected from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	6	4	ce9z	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	6	4	gblc	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **glory**  that comes from or characterizes **the Father**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Father’s” instead of the noun “Father” or make this explicit another way. Alternate translation: “through the glorious power of the Father” or “through the Father’s glory” or  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	6	4	r3hn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and **Christ** Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3–4, 7](../01/03.md)). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “God his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+ROM	6	4	gtns	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		Here, the verb **might walk** is an Old Testament idiom meaning “would live” or “would act.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we might live in new way” or “we would act like new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	6	4	x1t4	figs-rpronouns	καὶ ἡμεῖς	1		Paul uses the phrase **we too** to emphasize the union of the baptized Christian with Christ’s resurrection. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we who are baptized too” or “even we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+ROM	6	4	hyab	figs-possession	ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “renewed” instead of the noun “newness.” Alternate translation: “with a renewed life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n\n
+ROM	6	4	lvim	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν καινότητι 	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **newness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “renewed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	6	5	p6xk	figs-metaphor		1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul speaks figuratively of **death** and **resurrection** as if they were things to which baptized Christians could be physically attached. He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritually benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day resurrect as he did. If your readers would not understand what **united with** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we participate in Christ’s death through baptism, we will definitely participate in Christ’s life through resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	5	jdzp	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ γὰρ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He goes on to conclude that baptized Christians will **certainly be united with** Christ’s **resurrection**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+ROM	6	5	xh3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ…τῆς	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	The pronoun **his** refers to Christ, not the “Father” (See [6:1–3](../06/01.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s … with Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
+ROM	6	5	wnd4	figs-metaphor	σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **united** can mean “planted with,” Paul may be figuratively likening the process of burying a seed in the ground with being buried with Christ, and the result of a sprouting plant with Christ’s resurrection. If it would help your readers understand, you could make this explicit in your translation. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we have become planted with” or “have grown together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	5	z8wa	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ…τῆς ἀναστάσεως	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **likeness** and **resurrection**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what is like his death … his resurrecting from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	5	hg5y	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	The implication is that **likeness of his death** refers to “baptism” (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of his death through baptism” or “in baptism that represents dying with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	6	5	ruhn	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλὰ καὶ…ἐσόμεθα	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Here, **also certainly** strongly emphasizes that the reality of future resurrection is established in Christian baptism. If it would be more natural in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the clause to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that we will” or “it is absolutely certain that we will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n
+ROM	6	5	f1q1	figs-ellipsis	τῆς ἀναστάσεως	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, his is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with his resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	6	6	gv43	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γινώσκοντες	1	our old man was crucified with him	Here, **knowing this** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching. Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain of this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	6	6	rv8u	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι…ἵνα	1	our old man was crucified with him	What follows **that** gives the reason why **our old man was crucified**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “the reason why … was in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	6	fhvh	figs-activepassive	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified our old man with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	6	6	lu12	figs-metaphor	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		Paul speaks figuratively of sinful humanity as if it were an **old man** nailed to the same cross as Christ. Paul means that when Christ was **crucified** he destroyed the power of **sin** and death that controlled humanity (See [6:12–18](../06/14.md). If your readers would not understand what **old man** or **crucified with him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “on Christ’s cross, God crucified the power of sin that controlled humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	6	y0ib	writing-pronouns	συνεσταυρώθη	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Christ (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was crucified with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	6	6	n6o6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **crucified our old man**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n
+ROM	6	6	jw00	figs-metaphor	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	Paul speaks figuratively of **the body of sin** as if it were a condition of slavery that could be cancelled or made void. He means that how the human race was controlled by living sinfully was spiritually cancelled by the power Christ’s crucifixion. If your readers would not understand what **body of sin** and **nullified** and **enslaved to sin** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God would completely end how living sinfully controls the human race, and he would free us from how living sinfully enslaves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	6	jpge	figs-activepassive	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God nullified how we are dominated by sinning so that living sinfully would no longer control us” or “God canceled the power of sin over our bodies, making us no longer enslaved to living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	6	6	l6pd	figs-possession	τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	the body of sin	Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the body** is related to **sin. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the body of sin** could refer to: (1) how humans tend to **sin**. Alternate translation: “our human tendency to sin” or “how living sinfully controls us” (2) how sin controls the human body. Alternate translation: “how sin controls our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	6	6	l3zm	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας…ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	6	c5ie		τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	Use a natural way in your language for expressing a result or purpose clause. This following clause could refer to: (1) the result of **the body of sin** being **nullified**. Alternate translation: “causing us to no longer be enslaved to sin” (2) God’s purpose for nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation: “in order that we would no longer be enslaved to sin” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “in order to cause us no longer be enslaved to sin”
+ROM	6	7	qvmj	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		What follows **For** summarizes the ideas in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	6	7	f893	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀποθανὼν	1		The implication is that **the one having died** is the same as “the old man” who “was crucified” in [6:6](../06/06.md). Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” (See [6:2](../06/02.md) to be **righteous**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any person who dies to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+ROM	6	7	hoqm	figs-activepassive	δεδικαίωται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has declared free” or “God declares is righteous” or “God has vindicated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	6	7	z81y	figs-possession	ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **sin** is related to **has been declared righteous**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from being enslaved to sin” or “from sin’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	6	7	geua	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας	1		See how you translated this abstract noun in [6:6](../06/06/md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	8	wwhf	figs-metaphor	εἰ δὲ ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ	1	we have died with Christ	Paul speaks figuratively of baptized Christians as if they physically died with Christ (See [6:5](../06/05.md)). He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day **live together with him**. If your readers would not understand what **died with Christ** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we are united to Christ’s death when baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	8	mbx9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ	1	we have died with Christ	In this verse, Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true (See also [6:5](../06/05.md)). Paul has already affirmed that the baptized **have died with Christ** in [6:3–4](../06/03.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+ROM	6	8	c724	figs-explicit	πιστεύομεν	1	we have died with Christ	The implication is that since baptized Christians have **died with Christ**, the result is that they have confidence that will eternally **live together with him**. You could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “we are confident” or “this persuades us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	6	8	cg31	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι 	1	we have died with Christ	Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the result of having **died with Christ**. Alternate translation: “the result is” or “this means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	6	8	nuc1	figs-explicit	καὶ συνζήσομεν αὐτῷ	1	we have died with Christ	The implication is that **live together with him** refers to “everlasting life” (See [5:21; 6:4–5](../05/21.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we will also live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	6	9	bebx	figs-infostructure	εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “knowing that Christ is not going to die again, because he has been raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+ROM	6	9	zdkc	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰδότες ὅτι	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	Here, **knowing that** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching (See [6:6](../06/06.md) for a similar phrase)). Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	6	9	gjqq	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God caused Christ to resurrect after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
+ROM	6	9	zkq2	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	See how you translated the phrase **raised from the dead** in [6:4](../06/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	6	9	lvv8	figs-parallelism	οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	from the dead	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “is now Lord over death” or “has completely mastered death's power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
+ROM	6	9	wem1	figs-personification	θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	death no longer has authority over him	Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a **lord** who could rule over someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he no longer submits to being dead” or “he is not dead anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	9	kl3e	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος	1	from the dead	See how you translated the abstract noun **death** in [6:4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	10	ehi9	writing-pronouns	γὰρ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here, what follows **For** indicates the reason why Christ “no longer dies” in [6:9](../06/09.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	10	e290	writing-pronouns	ὃ…ὃ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here the phrase translated **in that** is a pronoun. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **in that** could refer to: (1) the way Christ died and lives. Alternate translation: “the way that…the way that” or “how … how” (2) Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “the death … the life” (3) the timing of Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “when … now that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	6	10	aw31	writing-pronouns	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν…ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** as if they were locations in which Christ died and lives (See also the similar wording in [6:2](../06/02.md) for how this fact effects baptized Christians)). Paul means that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin” (See [6:6](../06/06.md), and now that he is resurrected, he lives for the sake of glorifying God. If your readers would not understand what **died for sin** and **lives for God** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of dominating how sinning controls people … he lives for the sake of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
+ROM	6	11	cac8	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως	1	In the same way, you also must consider	This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	11	zjjv	writing-pronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	In the same way, you also must consider	Throughout [6:11-23](../06/11/.md), the pronoun **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the church at Rome. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you at Rome” or “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	6	11	qvoj	figs-rpronouns	λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι 	1	In the same way, you also must consider	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how important it is for the church at Rome to personally apply the spiritual benefits of Christ’s death and resurrection to their own lives. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “regard yourselves to be personally” or “reckon yourselves as actually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+ROM	6	11	yqub	figs-imperative	λογίζεσθε	1	In the same way, you also must consider	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal or a command. Alternate translation: “should consider” or “consider” or “reckon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+ROM	6	11	dw6l	figs-metaphor	εἶναι νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	dead to sin	Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** and **Christ** as if they were locations where Christians could die and live (See also [6:2,10](../06/02.md)). Paul means that for Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See [5:14,17,21](../05/14.md) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See [6:6](../06/06.md)). This happens when they are united to **Christ Jesus** in baptism (See [6:3–4](../06/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what **be dead to sin** or **alive to God** or **in Christ Jesus** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer dominated by living sinfully, but people who are spiritually resurrected by God because you are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	12	pp2t	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows is how the church at Rome should respond to the fact that they are “dead to sin, but alive to God in Christ Jesus” (See [6:11](../06/11.md)). Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	6	12	s6h1	figs-personification	μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were king of a place called **mortal body** (See [5:21](../05/21.md)), and who demands obedience. Paul means that Christians should not allow **sin** and **lusts** dominate the way they use their bodies. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you must not allow your physical body to become ruled by sinning, by submitting to lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	12	z7zh	figs-imperative	μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal or command. Alternate translation: “you should not allow sin to be king” or “I urge you, do not to let sin reign like a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+ROM	6	12	cm8d	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι	1	in your mortal body	Paul could be referring figuratively to the **body**, one part of the human being, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “over you” or “any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM	6	12	z1ia	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι,	1	in your mortal body	The word **body** is a singular noun and could emphasize the unity of the individual members of the whole church at Rome. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “over your mortal bodies” or “throughout your whole church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+ROM	6	12	r462	grammar-connect-logic-result]	εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	This phrase indicates what happens when **sin** rules. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **to obey** could refer to: (1) the result of letting **sin rule**. Alternate translation: “causing you to become obedient to lusting sinfully” (2) the way sin rules. Alternate translation: “by obeying how it tempts you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 
+ROM	6	12	zs9g	figs-abstractnouns	ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	6	12	kh3w	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The pronoun **its** refers to **mortal body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your mortal body’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	6	13	wt07	figs-infostructure		1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not present your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members to God as tools of righteousness. In other words, present yourselves to God, as living from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])\n
+ROM	6	13	mxto	figs-infostructure	μηδὲ παριστάνετε…παραστήσατε	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if their body parts were were **tools** that could be offered in service or used by someone. He means that the church at Rome should no longer use their body parts for sinning, but instead to live in the way God wants. If your readers would not understand what it means **to present** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “do not offer … offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	13	rnho	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you use your body parts to live unrighteously through sinning … your body parts … to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	6	13	r0ak	figs-synecdoche	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	2	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul could be referring figuratively to the **members**, the body parts of the human being, to mean the whole person (See [6:12](../06/12.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Here, **your members** could mean: (1)  the whole person. Alternative translation: “yourselves … yourselves” (2) the individual body parts. Alternate translation: “your body parts … your body parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n
+ROM	6	13	qncn	figs-possession	ὅπλα ἀδικίας…ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe what characterizes these **tools**. Alternate translation: “as unrighteous tools … as righteous tools” or “as tools for living unrighteously … as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	6	13	hlzf		ὅπλα…ὅπλα	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **tools** often means “weapons,” Paul could be stressing the spiritual warfare that is involved for the Christian to “not allow sin to rule over” them (See [6:14](../06/14.md)). If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “as weapons … as weapons” 
+ROM	6	13	dz8u	figs-possession	ὅπλα…ὅπλα	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as tools … as tools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	6	13	zgd3	figs-parallelism	παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	These two phrases basically mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to urge the church at Rome to commit their whole lives to God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can reorder and combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Instead, because you are free from living sinfully through being baptized, use every body part as a tool for serving God” or “Instead, because you are no longer dominated by living sinfully in baptism, present your whole body and life to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
+ROM	6	13	oiz0	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοὺς	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how the church at Rome should commit their whole lives to God. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “your whole lives” or “yourselves completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+ROM	6	13	px9k	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The point of this comparison is that the church at Rome should live in such a way that demonstrates that the reality that they have been baptized, and are now **dead to sin, but alive to God” (See [6:11](../06/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because through being baptized you are free from living sinfully” or “because through baptism you are no longer dominated by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+ROM	6	14	u36f	grammar-connect-logic-result		1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are not under law, but under grace, do not allow sin to rule over you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	14	gez3	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:12](../06/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	14	bl09	figs-declarative	ἁμαρτία…οὐ κυριεύσει	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul is using a future statement to give a command or strong appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command or appeal. Alternate translation: “sin must not rule over” or “do not allow sin to rule over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+ROM	6	14	caqv	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul urges the church at Rome not to **allow sin to rule over** them. Alternate translation: “The reason for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+ROM	6	14	a0dz	figs-personification	οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul speaks figuratively of **law** and **grace** as if they were a kingdoms ruled by **sin** (See [5:17,21](../05/17.md) for a similar idea)). He means that believing and baptized Jewish Christians are freed from the spiritual dominion of the requirements of the **law**, and now they serve the gracious God (See [6:15–23](../06/15.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **under law** and **under grace** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, the law no longer dominates you, but you are freed by how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	14	ypqx	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serve the gracious God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	6	15	zxb8	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is using a rhetorical questions in [6:15–16](../06/15.md) to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See also [6:1–3](../06/01.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that we should keep sinning since the law no longer dominates us, and because we now are freed by how gracious God is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM	6	15	a74y	figs-ellipsis	τί οὖν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying” or “What are we saying then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n
+ROM	6	15	rtts	figs-quotations	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation that is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying? ‘We should sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” or “What are we saying then? ‘Let us sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+ROM	6	15	t4cc	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ χάριν	1	May it never be	See how you translated this abstract noun phrase in [6:14](../06/14.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	15	c77g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
+ROM	6	16	n5j4	figs-hypo	οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “Suppose you present yourselves to someone to obey as slaves. Then you would become slaves to that person you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
+ROM	6	16	hn6y	writing-pronouns	ᾧ…ᾧ	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	The pronoun translated **what** can indicate a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **what** could refer to: (1) the concepts of **sin** and **obedience**. Alternate translation: “to whatever … to whatever” (2) anyone or anything. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
+ROM	6	16	g6zz	figs-hypo	παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	See how you translated this similar phrase in [6:13](../06/13.md).
+ROM	6	16	pwwi	figs-ellipsis	δούλους	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	6	16	psrr	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοήν	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n
+ROM	6	16	sf8m	figs-ellipsis	δούλους	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	6	16	zim4	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπακοήν…ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **obedience**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	16	h0ar	figs-personification	ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Here, **sin** and **obedience** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey. Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up obeying either sin or God, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether you serve as slaves by sinning, leading you to die, or you serve as slaves by obeying God, leading you to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	16	f595	figs-ellipsis	ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whether you present yourselves as slaves of sin leading to death, or you present yourselves as slaves of obedience leading to righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	6	16	gtzd	figs-possession	ἁμαρτίας…ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that belong to **sin** or **obedience**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use make that idea explicit. Alternate translation: “slaves that belong to sin … slaves that belong to obedience” or “sin’s slaves … obedience’s slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	6	16	cyct		ἁμαρτίας…θάνατον…δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:15](../06/15.md), **death** in [6:9](../06/09.md), and **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	16	zfgc	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	These phrases indicate result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading to death … leading to righteousness” or “bringing death … bringing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	17	xj75	figs-exclamations	χάρις…τῷ Θεῷ	1	For you were slaves of sin	What follows this exclamatory phrase indicates the reason why Paul is thankful **to God**. Use an exclamation form that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
+ROM	6	17	x5h8	figs-ellipsis	χάρις	1	For you were slaves of sin	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **be** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thanks be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	6	17	yxt7	figs-personification	δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For you were slaves of sin	See how you translated the similar phrase **of sin** in [6:16](See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	17	uwcy	figs-personification	ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	Here, **the pattern of teaching** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **obeyed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “but you fully accepted the form of teaching that others passed on to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
+ROM	6	17	g1gn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ 	2	For you were slaves of sin	What follows the word **but** here is meant to strongly contrast the former sinful life of Christians at Rome. Instead, they now **have obeyed God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” or “on the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	6	17	n3nz	writing-pronouns	ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	The pronoun **which** refers to **the pattern**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you became willingly obedient to which pattern of teaching you were given” or “you are now fully obedient to that pattern of teaching that others passed down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	6	17	my2z	figs-metonymy	ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας	1	but you have obeyed from the heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or motives. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you became wholeheartedly obedient” or “you totally obeyed” or “you obeyed from deep within” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+ROM	6	17	osck	figs-explicit	εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	The implication is that **the pattern of teaching** is the apostolic traditions (See note on “we” in [3:8](../03/08.md) and the same verb or noun forms used in [1 Corinthians 11:2; 2 Thessalonians 2:15; 3:6; 2 Timothy 1:13](../1cor/11/02.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the apostles’ teaching that others orally transmitted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	6	17	pz14	figs-activepassive	εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε 	1	the pattern of teaching that you were given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave other apostles to transmit to you” or “that others passed on to you” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	6	18	fcd1	figs-personification	ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	You have been made free from sin	Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey (See [6:16](../06/16.md)). Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up serving either sin or righteousness, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Ever since God freed you being enslaved to living sinfully, you became enslaved to living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	18	y2zg	figs-activepassive	ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε	1	You have been made free from sin	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Now that God freed you from sin, he enslaved you” or “Since God released you from serving as slaves to sin, he enslaved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	6	18	twpq		ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνῃ	1	You have been made free from sin	See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** and **righteousness** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	19	jlmd	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνθρώπινον λέγω, διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of the weakness of your flesh, I speak as a man” or “Because you are still immature, I have to speak in simple terms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	19	puvh	figs-idiom	ἀνθρώπινον λέγω	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, the phrase **as a man** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being” (See a similar phrase in [3:5](../03/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	6	19	zi2o	writing-participants	λέγω	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here Paul speaks in the first person again. Use the natural form in your language for referring to an previously mentioned writer. The pronoun **I** reiterates that Paul is the writer of this letter. Since he is an old participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that explicit by using his name. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+ROM	6	19	lhh4	figs-nominaladj	ἀνθρώπινον	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Paul is using the adjective phrase **as a man** as a noun in order to describe the way he is speaking. He means that he is speaking from a human perspective or with ideas any person could understand. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from a human perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	6	19	gt1n	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν. …τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how immature you are … body parts … act impurely and increasingly wicked behavior … your body parts … for living rightly in order to live like God’s people should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	19	l4ah	figs-idiom	τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “how immature you are” or “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	6	19	bmo7	figs-parallelism	ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between being **slaves to uncleanness** and **slaves to righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	6	19	jbcz	figs-personification	ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, **uncleanness** and ** righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters of **members**. Paul means that the church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, but should now use their bodies to serve righteous purposes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way you used to slavishly offer yourselves to live impurely, leading you to act more and more lawless, so now offer yourselves to live righteously for God, leading you to act holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])\n
+ROM	6	19	ran5	figs-synecdoche	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	2	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	Paul refers figuratively to **members**, parts of the human body, to mean the whole person (See also [6:13](../06/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “yourselves … yourselves” or “your bodies … your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+ROM	6	19	ka0f	figs-imperative	νῦν παραστήσατε	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates either an urgent appeal or a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “I beg you” to make this clear. Alternate translation:  “you must now use” or “I beg you now to present” or “I urge you now to offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+ROM	6	19	o0ta	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading you to live holy” or “causing you to become sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
+ROM	6	20	s9pk	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, **For** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	20	aavw	figs-metaphor	δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to emphasize the relationship between **sin** and **righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar phrasing to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	6	20	i1ze	figs-personification	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not **slaves** of **righteousness** by serving God‘s purposes (See [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you did not serve God” or “you were not enslaved to righteousness” or “you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	20	mu0y	figs-irony	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1		Paul is not making a serious suggestion here that sinful people are not required to live righteously. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of **free**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were unrighteous” or “you were alienated from serving God’s righteous purposes” or “you were unable to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+ROM	6	21	x3bn	grammar-connect-logic-result		1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Since the outcome of those things is death, what fruit then did you have from that of which you are now ashamed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	21	kjl5	figs-rquestion	τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in [6:20](../06/20.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So then, it is clear that the shameful way you used to live never produced anything beneficial for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\r\n\r
+ROM	6	21	vgam	figs-idiom	καρπὸν	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Here, the term **fruit** is an idiom meaning “benefit” or “advantage.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “advantage” or “profit” or “value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	6	21	pnbm	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ οἷς…ἐκείνων	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	The implication is that **which things** and **those things** refer to sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of which sins … those sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	6	21	j2ie	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **outcome**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “This is because what finally results from those things is death” or “Certainly, those things end in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	21	ufav	figs-ellipsis	θάνατος	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	6	22	x8vw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δέ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	Here what follows **But now** strongly contrasts the way the baptized Christians at Rome used to live as “slaves to sin” (See [6:20](../06/20.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However presently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+ROM	6	22	fmtc	figs-personification	ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	Here, **sin** and **God** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not serving **God** or “righteousness” (See [6:18](../06/18.md) for a similar phrase)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “ever since God freed you from being enslaved to living sinfully, and you began to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	22	z3ap	figs-activepassive	ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Now that God freed you from sin, and he enslaved you to serve as his slaves” or “Since God released you from serving as slaves to sin, and he enslaved you to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	6	22	npf3	figs-idiom	ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν	1	you have your fruit for sanctification	See how you translated this idiom in [6:21](../06/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+ROM	6	22	a478	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ…τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	The result is eternal life	See how you translated the abstract nouns **sanctification** in [6:19](../06/19.md), **the outcome** in [6:21](../06/21.md), and **everlasting life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	22	lvhh	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	you have your fruit for sanctification	This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “that leads to sanctification” or “that causes you to become holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	22	d5ow	figs-ellipsis	ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	The result is eternal life	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	6	23	ze3f		τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could pay **wages**. Paul means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, when a person lives sinfully it results in eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	6	23	juc4	figs-metaphor	τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul speaks figuratively of **death** as if it were a **wages** paid to those who **sin**. He means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If your readers would not understand what **wages** or **death** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “This is because whoever lives sinfully earns eternal death as if it were wages for work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	23	ffpr	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here what follows **for**summarizes chapter 6 and its theme of the results of living sinfully and living righteously. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	6	23	iyv3	figs-possession	τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the wages** that come from **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or communicate that another way. Alternate translation: “sin’s wages” or “the wages that come from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	6	23	slyb	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος; τὸ… χάρισμα…ζωὴ αἰώνιος	1	For the wages of sin are death	See how you translated the abstract nouns **death** in [6:21](../06/21.md), **gracious gift** in [5:15–16](../05/16.md),  and **everlasting life** in [6:22](../06/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	6	23	dfan	figs-ellipsis	θάνατος…αἰώνιος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **is** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is death … is eternal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	6	23	cwkw	figs-possession	τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gracious gift** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or communicate that another way. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious gift” or “the gracious gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+ROM	6	23	jn66	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus** in baptism (See [6:3–4,11](../06/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what **in Christ Jesus** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	6	23	qq9e	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here, **our** refers to all baptized Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 ROM	7	intro	fl1y			0		# Romans 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “Or do you not know”<br><br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “We have been released from the law”<br><br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Marriage<br><br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
-ROM	7	1	nj1k			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul explains how the law controls those who want to live under the law.
-ROM	7	1	mk7w	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ?	1	do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives?	Paul asks this question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “So you certainly know that people have to obey laws only while they are alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-ROM	7	1	r9fl		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
-ROM	7	2	as1h			0	Connecting Statement:	This verse begins a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](../07/01.md)).
-ROM	7	2	l6d9	figs-metaphor	ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ	1	the married woman is bound by law to the husband	Here, **bound by law to her living husband** is a metaphor for a woman being united to her husband according to the law of marriage. Alternate translation: “according to the law, the married woman is united to the husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-ROM	7	2	iu7r		ἡ…ὕπανδρος γυνὴ	1	the married woman	This refers to any **woman** who is **married**.
+ROM	7	1	mk7w	figs-rquestion		1	do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the law his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because you are Jewish, you certainly understand that what God requires in his law obligates you to obey it for as long as you live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+ROM	7	1	r9fl	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί…τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** and **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “my fellow Jewish believers in Christ … a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+ROM	7	1	s4su	figs-aside	(γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ)	1	brothers	Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers of the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “(this is because I am writing to Jewish believers in Christ)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
+ROM	7	1	j67x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	brothers	Here what follows **For** indicates the reason why these **brothers** should understand what Paul is saying (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	7	1	ajk4	writing-pronouns	λαλῶ	1	brothers	The pronoun **I** refers to Paul (See [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	7	1	k3h5	figs-personification	γινώσκουσιν…νόμον	1	brothers	Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who someone else could know. Paul means that these Jewish believers in Christ understand what God’s **law** teaches. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to people who know what the law teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	7	1	okz5	figs-personification	ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	brothers	Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were king. Paul means that, like a king, **the law** requires obedience for those who are obligated to obey it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a king, God’s law must be obeyed by every Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	7	2	hpn4	figs-activepassive	ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ…δέδεται νόμῳ…κατήργηται	1	Connecting Statement:	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to what his law teaches, God binds the married woman … God releases her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	7	2	l6d9	figs-metaphor	ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ	1	the married woman is bound by law to the husband	Here, **law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could tie someone up. Paul means that the law teaches that a **married woman** is required to stay married to her **husband** for as long he is alive. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, according to what his law teaches, God requires a married woman to remain married to her husband as long as he lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+ROM	7	2	as1h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [7:2–3](../07/02.md) is an example from God’s law (See that illustrates Paul’s assertion in [7:1](../07/01.md) about how “the law rules over the man for as long as he lives”. Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 ROM	7	3	w3yw			0	Connecting Statement:	This verse ends a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](../07/01.md)).
 ROM	7	3	r2m4	figs-activepassive	μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει	1	she will be called an adulteress	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider her an adulteress” or “people will call her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	7	3	wg4k		ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	she is free from the law	Here being **free from the law** means not having to obey the law. In this case, the woman does not have to obey the law that says that a married woman cannot marry another man. Alternate translation: “she does not have to obey that law”
@@ -1565,4 +1843,25 @@ ROM	16	26	d7r5	figs-doublet	φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε
 ROM	16	26	efyy	figs-activepassive	φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν διά τε Γραφῶν προφητικῶν, κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ αἰωνίου Θεοῦ εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως, εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθέντος	1		You can combine the verbs **revealed** and **made known** in an active form. Alternate translation: “but now the eternal God has made it known to all the nations through the prophetic writings so that people would believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 ROM	16	26	lc6d	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1	to bring about the obedience of faith	Here, **obedience** and **faith** are abstract nouns. You can use the verbs “obey” and “trust” in your translation. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will believe and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 ROM	16	26	cvi3	figs-explicit	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1		You may need to make explicit who will obey and trust. Alternate translation: “so that all nations will obey God because they trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-ROM	16	27	qmj7	figs-explicit	μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν!	1	To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen	Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	16	27	qmj7	figs-explicit	μόνῳ σοφῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν!	1	To the only wise God … be glory forever. Amen	Here, **through Jesus Christ** refers to what Jesus did. To give **glory** means to praise God. Alternate translation: “Because of what Jesus Christ has done for us, we will praise forever the one who alone is God and who alone is wise. Amen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	2	22	vb45	figs-explicit	ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	You who say that one must not commit adultery, do you commit adultery?	The implication is that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	3	8	tz14	figs-exclusive	βλασφημούμεθα… ἡμᾶς…ποιήσωμεν	1	And not, just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say, “Let us do evil, so that good may come”?	Here, **we** and **us** exclusively speaks of Paul and his fellow apostles to the Gentiles. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us apostles … us apostles … We apostles should do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	3	8	m5xx	figs-parallelism	καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how badly these people spread rumors against the apostles. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “like some people slanderously report that we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+ROM	3	8	cn1c	figs-activepassive	βλασφημούμεθα	1	The judgment on them is just	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people keep blaspheming us” or “some people keep slandering us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+ROM	3	8	h68w	figs-explicit	τινες	1		Paul implies that **some** could refer to: (1) Jewish unbelievers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish unbelievers” or “some Jews who reject Jesus” (2) Jewish believers. Alternate translation: “some Jewish believers who reject the Gentile inclusion in the Church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+ROM	3	8	qc9n	figs-quotations	ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά	1		This is a false quotation of something rumored that Paul and the apostles say or teach. If it would be more natural in your language, you could make it an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that we should do evil, so that good may come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])<br>
+ROM	3	8	uocy	figs-imperative	ποιήσωμεν	1		Here, **Let us do** is used as an imperative that communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “We should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
+ROM	3	8	ukgb	figs-nominaladj	τὰ κακὰ…τὰ ἀγαθά	1		Paul is using the adjectives **evil** and **good** as nouns in order to describe things or actions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “things that are evil … things that are good” or “evil things … good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+ROM	3	8	r0d8	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ κακὰ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are evil” or “what is bad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
+ROM	3	8	bs94	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these Jews falsely accuse them of saying **Let us do evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+ROM	3	8	vd6y	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἀγαθά	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **good**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “things that are good” or “what is beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	3	8	o2nu	writing-pronouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		The pronoun **their* refers to the same blaspheming people as **some**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “These people are justly condemned” or “These people who blaspheme are deservedly condemned” or “It is fair to judge these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+ROM	3	8	zwlg	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **condemnation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “When they are condemned, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	3	9	fia9	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	What then? Are we excusing ourselves?	Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why he and the Jews are not **excusing** themselves. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+ROM	5	16	pe38	figs-ellipsis	οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα	1	For the gift is not like the outcome of that one man’s sin	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “The gift does not happen in the same manner as the one man sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+ROM	3	9	drcx	figs-exclusive	προῃτιασάμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellows apostles (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we apostles have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+ROM	3	9	q88t	figs-merism	Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας	1		Paul figuratively refers to **Jews** and **Greeks**, using these types of people in order to include all of humanity (See the same phrase in [2:09](../02/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “both Jewish and non-Jewish people” or “both the Jewish people and the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+ROM	3	14	df77	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **cursing** and **bitterness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “They continually curse and regularly say harsh things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+ROM	3	9	s0px	figs-metaphor	πάντας ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a weight that **all** people are underneath. He means that **all** types of people are controlled or dominated or cursed by a tendency to **sin**. If your readers would not understand what it means to **be under sin** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “that they are all controlled by living sinfully” or “that they are all cursed to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+ROM	5	16	x6ot	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δώρημα…τὸ…κρίμα…κατάκριμα…τὸ… χάρισμα…παραπτωμάτων…δικαίωμα	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “what God gives … God judging … being condemned … what God gives … ways people trespass … being made right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
+ROM	5	16	kawg	figs-nominaladj	ἑνὸς…ἑνὸς	1		See how you translated this word in [5:15](../05/15/.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])